You are on page 1of 271

Huomei Hongjunlvdian power branch compa

ny corporate standards
Q / HJDC004-2015

2 × 350MWChemical unit
operating procedures

2015-06- 2015-06-17 Impl


17release emen
t

Huomei Hongjunlvdian Ltd. Branch Power C Plant O


perations Department issued
Foreword

This standard is in accordance with China Power Investment Corporation Q / CPI 12 -2


014 enterprise standards written specification of requirements compiled
write.
The standard proposed by Mondon Energy Committee for Standardization
Huomei Hongjunlvdian Power Co. subsidiary. This standard by Mondon en
ergy Huomei Hongjunlvdian limited liability company subsidiary power
C Plant Operations Department d
rafted.This standard by Mondon energy Huomei Hongjunlvdian limited li
ability company subsidiary electric power production technology depar
tment. This standard supersedes the previous editions: the second edi
tion release.

Drafting: Sun Bai Long

Trial: Sunfu Chen Sun Hui

Review: Li Chunyu

Auditors: Sun Haipeng Zhang Yujiang

Approval: Door Feng Chen

June 17, 2015


Regulatory control table
system Huomei Hongjunlvdian power company branch 2 × 350MWC

rew operating procedures chemical name

system
HJDC003
Numbering

Next a Department in whether


Version date of Drafte charge of co signer
issue ssessm rs llar Revise
ent ti Audit review
guide nuclea
me r
20142014.06.172015.06.17 Sun Bai Long Gao Yunlong
Sun Haipeng Liu Yuxin New

20152015.06.172017.06.17 Sun Bai Long


Sunfu Chen Feng Chen Sun Haipeng door repair
OrderA, 2 × 350MW units chemical plant operating procedures f
or equipment start, stop,
Operation and maintenance, periodic testing, incident handling.
Second, the purpose of the development of this standard is
to improve the safety of chemical and ancillary equipment,
economy, stabilityGiven run, run precise instructions for
running the chemical duty, operation, maintenance, supervi
sion and chemical water quality meets the eligibility requ
irements to 350MW supercritical unit.
Third, the reference standard protocols
1,DL / T805.4-2004 "Soda thermal power plant chemical Guidelines (b
main
oiler feed water)."
2, DL / T1039-2007 "generator inner cooling water treatment"
content
"Electrical safety regulations"
GB / T12145-2008 "for generating unit and steam power equipment vapor
quality"
"Generating unit and steam power equipment vapor quality" (
GB / T12145- 2008) DL / T912-2005 "ultra-supercritical thermal power ge
nerating units vapor quality standards"
DL / T794-2012 "BOILER Cleaning of" rand
om equipment specification

Explain the power division C Plant Operations Department


department

Implement

And finished
Run Director
Good execution

pedestrian
table of Contents
General Provisions...................................................................................
1
1 Unit Overview......................................................................................1
1.2 Water supply and water quality...................................................................2
1.3 Water way........................................................................................4
1.4 range............................................................................................4
Chapter boiler feed water treatment equipment operating procedures....................................
5
1 Water pretreatment system..........................................................................5
1.1 System Overview..................................................................................5
1.2 Process..........................................................................................5
1.3 Out of the water quality requirements............................................................5
1.4 The main equipment specifications................................................................5
1.5 Running the operating principle..................................................................6
1.6 Clarifier operation..............................................................................7
1.7 Multi-media filter operation.....................................................................8
2 Boiler feed water treatment system................................................................11
2.1 System Overview.................................................................................11
2.2 Process.........................................................................................11
2.3 The main equipment specifications...............................................................12
2.4 Water quality standards.........................................................................12
2.5 Ultrafiltration part............................................................................13
2.6 Reverse osmosis section..................................................................twenty one
2.7 Ion exchange portion............................................................................31
Chapter III chemical vapor heating equipment and systems oversight procedures.........................
45
1 Vapor system oversight............................................................................45
1.1 Work content soft drinks sampling supervision...................................................45
1.2 Soft drinks sampling point and with instruments.................................................45
1.3 Basic requirements for sampling soft drinks.....................................................46
1.4 Soda running operation of the sampling device...................................................46
1.5 Standard monitoring quality of water during normal operation of the unit........................49
2 Thermal equipment chemical monitoring systems.....................................................50
2.1 DC boiler water chemistry conditions Overview...................................................50
2.2 Chemical dosing treatment principle.............................................................50
3 Soda dosing device parameters.....................................................................51
3.1 Ammonia device performance parameters...........................................................51
3.2 Performance parameters N2H4 device..............................................................52
4 Water circulating dosing device parameters........................................................52
5 Running operation chemical dosing apparatus.......................................................53
5.1 Ammonia liquid preparation......................................................................53
5.2 Hydrazine liquid preparation....................................................................53
5.3 Stabilizer formulation circulating water........................................................53
5.4 Preparation before dosing pump start............................................................53
5.5 Dosing pump start and stop operation............................................................53
5.5.1 Ammonia pump start and stop...................................................................53
5.5.2 Hydrazine pump start and stop.................................................................54

5.5.3 Oxygenase pump start and stop.................................................................55


5.5.4 Circulating water pump start and stop the unstabilized.........................................55
5.5.5 Metering pump troubleshooting.................................................................55
5.5.6 Chemical dosing Handling Precautions..........................................................56
6 The unit starts monitoring requirements...........................................................56
6.1 General.........................................................................................56
6.2 Preparation before the unit starts..............................................................57
6.3 Monitoring of boiler equipment start............................................................57
6.4 Startup and supervision units required..........................................................58
6.4.1 Boiler pressure test..........................................................................58
6.4.2 Cold Rinse....................................................................................58
6.4.3 Hot Flush.....................................................................................59
6.4.4 Unit rinse water quality requirements.........................................................59
6.5 Chemical unit to start the process of project supervision.......................................60
6.6 Water treatment and supervision unit during normal operation....................................61
6.6.1 Water Treatment...............................................................................61
6.6.2 Combined water treatment......................................................................62
6.6.3 Combined water treatment system to stop (.................................CWT to AVT Conversion)
63
6.7 Oversight of chemical unit operation............................................................63
6.7.1 Oversight Principles..........................................................................63
6.7.2 Monitoring quality of water projects and methods..............................................64
6.8 Supervision and chemical instrumentation and run-line sampling device...........................64
7 Thermal equipment stops, spare corrosion protection...............................................65
7.1 General.........................................................................................65
7.2 Disable thermal equipment, spare protection principles..........................................65
7.3 Stop boiler corrosion methods whenever (standby)................................................66
8 Machine vapor quality degradation accident treatment furnace......................................66
8.1 Principles......................................................................................66
8.2 Usually the water vapor degradation causes and treatment........................................67
Chapter IV Condensate Polishing operating procedures..................................................
69
1 Outline..........................................................................................69
2 Condensate polishing system process system, and parameters out of the water indicators............69
2.1 Condensate System Process.......................................................................69
2.2 Water quality objectives and equipment specifications...........................................69
3 Condensate Polishing apparatus described control..................................................74
3.1 System bypass portion..........................................................................74
3.2 Backwash burst membrane, laying part............................................................74
4 Powder resin-coated filter membranes burst........................................................75
4.1 Explosion film before the test..................................................................75
4.2 Blasting Film step sequence:....................................................................75
5 Laying resin-coated powder filter.................................................................76
5.1 Check before laying.............................................................................76
5.2 Resin slurry formulation........................................................................76
5.3 Filter laying step sequence.....................................................................77
6 Powder resin-coated filter into operation.........................................................77
6.1 Resin-coated powder before checking the filter into operation...................................77

6.2 Filter into operation step sequence.............................................................77


7 High-speed mixed bed operation....................................................................78
7.1 Checks before start.............................................................................78
7.2 Automatically put into operation................................................................78
7.3 Automatic shutdown..............................................................................78
7.4 Manual (point operations) put into operation....................................................78
7.5 Manual (operation) outage.......................................................................79
7.6 Operation and maintenance supervision...........................................................79
7.7 Run step sequence (time meter)..................................................................79
7.7.1 High-speed mixed bed from shutdown to standby.................................................79
7.7.2 High speed from the standby to run mixed bed..................................................79
7.7.3 From high speed operation to the standby mixed bed............................................80
7.7.4 High speed from the standby to the mixed bed outage...........................................80
7.8 High-speed mixed bed regeneration...............................................................80
7.8.1 High-speed mixed bed regeneration process.....................................................80
7.8.2 Check before regeneration.....................................................................81
7.8.3 Regeneration step sequence table..............................................................81
7.8.4 Renewable Notes...............................................................................89
Chapter hydrogen plant operating procedures...........................................................
91
1 System Overview..................................................................................91
1.1 CNDQ10 /3.2 Constituting the hydrogen plant.....................................................91
1.2 principle.......................................................................................91
1.3 Hydrogen production system......................................................................91
1.3.1 Hydrogen, oxygen system.......................................................................91
1.3.2 Electrolyte circulation system................................................................91
1.3.3 Complement system.............................................................................91
2 Before you start the hydrogen plant...............................................................94
2.1 Hydrogen production system of cleaning:.........................................................94
2.2 Air tightness test..............................................................................94
2.2.1 Ready to work.................................................................................94
2.2.2 Charge pressure test..........................................................................95
2.3 Electrolytic Solution...........................................................................95
2.4 Nitrogen purge..................................................................................96
3 Preparing fairing boot............................................................................96
4 Controls preparation before the start.............................................................96
4.1 Pneumatic part..................................................................................96
4.2 Electrical parts................................................................................96
5 Dilute alkali test................................................................................96
6 Concentrated alkali formal operation..............................................................97
7 Shutdown.........................................................................................99
8 Gas generator means operating.....................................................................99
8.1 State of hydrogen to the air displacement state (start).........................................99
8.2 State of hydrogen to the air replacement state (off)............................................99
8.3 Hydrogen charging operation.....................................................................99
8.4 Test sample gas purity..........................................................................99
9 Treatment equipment maintenance and safety incidents.............................................100

9.1 Equipment maintenance..........................................................................100


9.2 Safety Precautions.............................................................................100
Equipment operating procedures Chapter VI oil region..................................................
103
1 range...........................................................................................103
2 Equipment specification.........................................................................103
3 Fuel pump General Provisions....................................................................105
4 Check the fuel system before running and ready to work...........................................106
5 Before starting the pump for inspection.........................................................106
6 Feed pump up and running........................................................................107
7 For pump inspection and maintenance..............................................................107
8 Unloading operation.............................................................................107
9 Switching operation of the pump.................................................................108
10 Oil filter maintenance.........................................................................108
11 Start the motor................................................................................108
12 Motor maintenance..............................................................................108
13 Oil filter flushing............................................................................109
14 Failure Analysis...............................................................................109
15 Fuel system operating rules......................................................................111
16 Oil District shift inspection project............................................................111
17 Standard temperature and vibrations of the pump................................................112
18 Oil region and fuel system safety regulations..................................................112
Chapter VII of the wastewater treatment procedure.....................................................
116
1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment System...........................................................116
1.1 Regular industrial wastewater treatment process as follows:....................................116
1.2 Non-recurring wastewater treatment process:....................................................116
1.3 Citric acid waste treatment:...................................................................116
1.4 Oily wastewater treatment process:.............................................................116
1.5 system running.................................................................................116
1.6 Industrial waste water quantity and quality....................................................117
1.7 Industrial wastewater treatment and output indicators..........................................118
1.8 Equipment specification........................................................................121
1.8 Activated carbon filter rules..................................................................121
1.9 Fiber filter rules.............................................................................121
1.10 Reaction vessel, flocculation tank, inclined plate clarifiers.................................123
2 Sewage treatment system..........................................................................123
2.1 Process Overview system........................................................................123
2.2 Technical Requirements : 124..................................................................................................................................
2.3 Equipment specification........................................................................124
2.4 operating......................................................................................125
2.5 Equipment operation Notes......................................................................125
2.6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting................................................................125
Chapter VIII integrated pump house rules..............................................................
126
1 Living Fire System Overview......................................................................126
2 The main equipment parameters....................................................................127
3 Pump up and running Notes........................................................................127
4 Pump start-up procedure and precautions..........................................................128

4.1 Diesel pump fire sprinkler....................................................................128


4.2 Fire sprinkler electric pump..................................................................129
4.3 Fire sprinkler pump regulator.................................................................130
Chapter IX pumps operating procedures.................................................................
131
twenty one Checks before start.....................................................................131
2 Start and stop pumps and motors.................................................................132
3 Pumps, motor failure phenomenon, causes and treatment...........................................132
Chapter X running about experimental methods..........................................................
134
1 Measurement of Hardness (high hardness ) 134......................................................................................................
2 The hardness (low hardness ) 134............................................................................................................................
3 Determination of dissolved oxygen (indigo carmine colorimetric glucose)..........................135
4 Determination of silica (silicon-molybdenum blue method).........................................135
5 Determination of hydrazine (ii aminomethyl benzaldehyde method)..................................135
6 Determination of iron (Phenanthroline spectrophotometer.........................................) 135
7 Determination of alkalinity.....................................................................136
8 Determination of the chloride (Silver nitrate volumetric method ) 136.........................................................
9 Determination of chlorine.......................................................................137
10 Determination of phosphate (phosphorus molybdenum yellow colorimetric method)..................137
11 PH Assay (glass electrode method)..............................................................137
12 Silt density index (.........................................................SDI ) Measuring method
137
2 × 350MWChemical unit

General Provisions
1 Unit Overview

1.1 The main par

ameters of
the unitboi
ler

Supercritical, single furnace, П Type or column type, balanced ventilation, singl

e reheat, Tangentially Fired, closed tight, steel frameworkSuspension structure, the DC furn

ace. Rear of the boiler is equipped with SCRDenitration apparatus.

The main technical specifications as f

ollows (BMCRConditions, te

ntative): Superheated steam flow 1130t

/h

Pressure superheated steam outlet 25.4MPa.g

Superheated steam outlet temperature 571 ℃

Reheated steam flow845.868t / h

Reheat steam outlet temperature


566 ℃
≥ 92%
Boiler thermal efficiency guara
ntee ( Press calorifi
c value )
Boiler without oil minimum load 35% BMC
stable combustion R

Imported water temperature econ
omizer 268.1

exhaust temperature 122

℃; Turbine

Supercritical turbine parameters, uniaxial, two two-cylinder exhaust, single reheat, extraction cond
ensing steam, direct air cooling, condensing steam turbine

machine.

The main technical specifications as

follows (THA conditions, tentative): T

urbine Power 350MW

Main steam flow 985.08 / h

The main valve inlet steam parameters 24.2M

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Pa.a / 566 ℃ reheat steam inlet steam param

eters door 3.384 MPa.a / 566 ℃ Rated backpre

ssure 11kPa

Rated speed 3000r / min

Heat recovery series Level 7 ( Three high, an oxygen, three low )

Heat rate guarantee 7781.9kJ / kWh

Water temperature 268.1 ℃

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Feed Water Pump 3 × 50%

Capacity electric variable speed fee

d water pumpThe amount of heating ex

traction unit rated 500t / h

The maximum amount of heating extraction unit 560t / h

Heating extraction unit series 5 Segment extraction

Parameter extraction unit rated heating 0.4MPa.

a , 256 ℃ generator

Generator is 350MWWater - hydrogen Turbo considered static

excitation, the main technical specifications Provisional follows: rated

power 350MW

Rated output capacity 388MVA ;

Rated power factor 0.85 (lag)

Rated speed 3000 r / min

Rated frequency 50 Hz

Cooling water - hydrogen - hydrogen

Rated hydrogen pressure 0.4MPa (g)

Excitation mode Self-shunt static excitation


1.2 Water supply and water quality

Water for mine dewatering water and Huolinhe reservoir water. Priority use of surface mine dewaterin
g water.

table 1-1 Full analysis of water quality

Water reservoir water sample name


Preparation Date 2012 On April 5
Date of analysis 2012 On April
5 -9 MayWatery type boiler water an
d cooling water
project mg / Lmmol / L Project content

Na + 10.750.47 total hardness- 2.88mmol / L

+ Hard non-carbonate
K 2.600.07 - 0.02mmol / L
hard degree
2+
degree Carbonate hardness - 2.
Positive Ca2+ 44.592.23
86mmol / L
Mg7.570.65 Negative hardness - Not detectable

Fe0.138
+ - from
3 Fe0.026 -

3
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Al0.005 - Methyl orange alkalinity - 2.86mmol / L
3

Acid phenolphthalein alkalinity - Not detectable


Alkali Acidity - not detected

4
2 × 350MWChemical unit

NH + not detected- degree pH value- 8.11


4

child
2+
Sr CODMn 6.12 mg /
L
1.08 0.02

Mn
2
CODCr 17.76mg /
+ L
0.028 -
total Ammonia not detec
ted
All-sili
Cl7.460.21 2.95mg / L
con
(SiO2)
2
Active s
ilicon
SO4 21.41 0.45 2.46mg / L
(SiO2) c

olloida

l silic

a
HCO3 174.46 2.86 0.49mg / L -
Yin (SiO2) C
onducti
2 298.5
vity
CO Not detected Not (25 ℃)
from
3 detected (ΜS / cm)

child NO3 0.93 0.01 Full solids 211.0mg /


L
NO2 0.008 - Dissolved sol 196.5mg /
ids L
OH not de not detecte Suspension 14.5mg / L
tected d
Error ion analysis 1.44% TOC8.54mg / L

The solid was dissolved error 4.63% Turbidity (NTU) 3.75

Full analysis of water quality


Watery name mine dewatering water
Preparation Date 2012 On April 5
Date of analysis 2012 On April
5 -9 MayWatery type boiler water an
d cooling water
project mg / Lmmol / L Project content

Na79.503.46
+
total hardness- 6.38mmol / L
hard
Hard non-carbonate
-not detected
K19.260.49
+ d degree
Positive 2
Ca86.174.31 Carbonate hardness -
6.38mmol / L
5
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Mg24.862.07
2
Negative hardness - 2.82mmol / L

from Fe0.3550.01
+
Methyl orange alkalinity - 9.20mmol / L
3+
Fe 0.058 acid -not detected
- Phenolphthale
in alkalinity
3+ Alkali
Al 0.027 -acidity -not detected

6
2 × 350MWChemical unit

+
child NH4 not detected - degreepH value - 7.93

2+ - CODMn 4.47mg / L
Sr 3.68 0.08
CODCr 28.80mg / L

Mn2+ 0.033 - Ammonia not detected


total 10.42
- Total phosphorus not detected
all
(SiO2) silicon
Cl 18.94 0.53 32.06mg / L

Yin 2 live Sex silicon


SO4 44.35 0.92 26.09mg / L
(SiO2)
from gum body silicon
HCO3 561.20 9.20 5.97mg / L
(SiO2) -
child 2
(25 ℃)
Electricity
guiderate
CO 3 not detected
not detected 841μS / cm
NO3 11.60 0.18 Full solids 625.0mg / L

NO2 0.030 - Dissolved so 611.0mg / L


lids
OH not detec not detecte Suspension 14.0mg / L
ted d
tota - 10.83 Loss on igni 322.0mg / L
l tion

Error ion analysis 1.91% TOC 7.56mg / L

turbidity degree
The solid was dissolved 1.55%
error (NTU) 8.67

1.3 Water way

Boiler feed water treatment system using ultrafiltration +A reverse osmosis desalination + + mixed b
ed treatment process, which process is as follows:

Raw raw raw water heater tank filter raw water pump multi-media self-cleaning filter water tank

ultrafiltration device security filter water pump high-pressure pump reverse osmosis device other

than carbon to carbon than carbon pump tank countercurrent regeneration of cation exchanger counte

rcurrently

again

Health mixed bed anion exchanger demineralized water tank demineralized water pump main plant

In addition to the outlet portion of the water tank via a carbon heating network hea

t pump up the network, multi-media filter provided to the bypass pipe outlet tank ca

rbon addition.Two regenerant desalting with an ion exchange resin, sodium hydroxide

( NaOH) And hydrochloric acid (HC

7
2 × 350MWChemical unit

l).
1.4 range

This code sets out the main technical characteristics of the chemical and some hydra

ulic equipment, equipment to start, stop, normal maintenance, testing and treatment of w

ater run accident technical standards for equipment.

The order applies to all professionals of the water, the water is of operating personnel to run corr
ectly guide the handling.

8
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter boiler feed water treatment equipment operating procedure


s
1 Water pretreatment system

1.1 System Overview

Dewatering water pretreatment system is a device for rolling iron ore Draining the water, the water
treatment device provided excessive amounts of manganese.

Provided water pretreatment station 1, water treatment systems include pre-treatment of raw

water and fire water production plant. Raw water treated with water to produce water pretreatment syste

m water standards, the water booster pump integrated feed water pumping station.

The total handling capacity for water pretreatment station 600m3 / h (net amount of water) ,
The current processing capacity 300m3 / h (net amount of water), t
wo

Processing capacity 300m3 / h (net amount of water) . One, two projects


each with A raw water pretreatment plant, the construction phases.

A mechanical pretreatment of raw water within the current project workshop accelerated clarif

ier 2 Block, sludge thickener 1; paste with water

pretreatment plant to build a complex building, dehydrator, a dosing device, distribution and the like arranged in

integrated building control room.

Current project pretreatment of raw water to the water treatment station 7200m3 / day (tentative).
1.2 Process

After the access plant water conduit, with direct access to the wells, the wells wit

h water supplied by a mechanical acceleration clarifiers by coagulation, precipitation t

reatment after the clarifier effluent, industrial gravity fill into, the reservoir of th

e fire, boosted after a power plant industrial water and fire water.

Production of water treatment process:

Raw water -> with wells -> Flowmeter - >Tube mixer (For dosing) -> mechanical acceleration clarifier
-> production, fire reservoirs

-> Production feed water pump -> industrial water point

A centrifugal dehydrator sludge processing after the thickener concentrate, mud cake Sinotrans car.
1.3 Out of the water quality requirements

Design normal water SS≤1000mg / l , Within a short time the water S

S≤ 3000mg / l; water quality requirements: raw water through the raw water pretreatment systemProcessing

to the settling pond water leakage: PHValue of 6.5 ~ 9.5, SS≤20mg / l, ZD <10NTU.
1.4 The main equipment specifications

9
2 × 350MWChemical unit

No. Name Specification and Parameter Units


the amountModel: SV-5 ~ 30/300
Specifications: DN300 / L1000mm
1. Tube mixer set 2
Flow: 125 ~ 250m3 / h
Flow rate: 0.5 ~ 1.0m / s
Model: RSCQ-200
2. Mechanical acc Single output: 150 ~ 200m3 / h station 2
elerated clari
fier Inlets, pressure: 1.2 m

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Upflow rate: 0.8 mm / s


Mixer parameters: N = 0.75KW
Model: RSTY-10

3. Dry spec Dosage: 5.0 kg / h station 2


ulation Screw type: 5 ~ 10 kg / h
Model: TY-1.5
Pharmacy parameters: 10% only 4
4. Means dissol Volume: 2.0m3
ving drugs p
5. repared
Dosing pump Model: mechanical
Flow: 400L / hdiaphragm metering pumps
station 7
Outlet pressure:
1.0Mpa
Model: QW submersible sewag
e pump
6. Sludge pump Flow: 30m3 / h station 2
Head: 18m

7. Sludge thickening Equipment output: 20m3 / h set 1


tank
Model: QW submersible sewag
e pump
8. Water lift pump Flow: 100m3 / h station 2
Type: Single screw pump

9. Screw centr flow: 25m3 / h station 2


Head: 40m
model:
ifuge sludge d set 1
The maximum feed rate:
15m3 / h
ewatering slud
Form: Piston
Nominal gas: 1.0m3 / min station 1
ge pump Discharge pressure: 1.2
10.
machine Mpa

11. Air Compr


essor

1.5 Running the operating pri


nciple

1.5.1 Original water pipe, to clarify the flow cell display, remote, statistics, raw water P

H has shown that remote; settling pond water leakage turbidity display, remote alarm.

1.5.2 Clarifier inlet is provided coagulant, coagulant dosing point, the screw pump outlet disposed slud
ge coagulant dosing point.

Coagulant: ferric effect polymerization

Adding to the system a suitable amount of ferric polymerization, suspens

ion may be raw water, organics, colloids, etc. alum aggregation of large

particles, it is removed in the clarifier.


1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Coagulant: Polyacrylamide

Polyacrylamide, is a polymer, which may act between the fine flocs bridg

ing effect bonding the alum thick and has a broad surface, full suction

effect of tape, to enhance the clarifying effect.

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.5.3 Each seat clarifier sludge automatic setting function. Follow mud mud for setting the timer period.
1.6 Clarifier operation

1.6.1 Preparation before start

1.6.1.1 Clarifier body repair work has been completed, the pool clean and free of debris, work ticket ha
s been withdrawn, maintenance personnel have been withdrawn.

1.6.1.2 Check mixer, scraper machine motor wiring, a ground line is good. Mixer and scraper outag

e More than 15 days, before the start of the motor should be measured again qualified insulation, a stirr

er, a scraper connected to each of the fastening member, the shield intact.

1.6.1.3 Mixers, oil color oil chamber scraper normal oil level window in the middle, no oil leakage.

1.6.1.4 Clarifier Turbidity meter, flow meter normal standby.

1.6.1.5 Clarifier power control system has been put into all valves, manual valves switch to your system
flexibility.

1.6.1.6 Each dosing system level in the metering tank 0.8m above, dosing pumps coagulant, coa

gulant dosing pump is in a standby state good, leak-free dosing pipes, to be put into operation in accordan

ce with the clarifier, configured dosing pump entrance door, gate contact.

1.6.2 Clarifier-Up Procedure

1.6.2.1 Open the need to invest to run clarifier entrance door and adjust the flow rate to a predetermin
ed value, at first put into operation the flow shall not exceed 50T / H.

1.6.2.2 Open the coagulant, coagulant metering tank outlet doors open coagulant, coagulant

metering pump entrance door, starting coagulant, coagulantAgent metering pump, according to

the clarifier inlet water flow and water quality adjusting metering pump stroke and freque

ncy.

1.6.2.3 When the water level rises to first clarify the pool The top of the reaction chamber 1, starting scrap
er.

1.6.2.4 Clarification pool when the water level rises to a second reaction chamber 1/2 height,

check stirrer speed control switch in the off position, the rotational speed in the "zero" position, start the agit

ator motor, the motor is operating normally, the switching speed power supply is turned on, adjusting the sp

eed to a predetermined value, typically

600 ~ 1000r / min between.

1.6.2.5 When there is water sump overflow check operation of the mixer, the rotational speed is gr

adually adjusted to the best condition, the flow rate is gradually increased to TheNeed traffic.

1.6.2.6 Check the operation, the flow stability, no system anomalies. Clarifiers take time

ly entrance tests water samples for analysis, according to ChengQingchi outlet water turbi

dity, suspension Adjust the dosage.

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1.6.3 Clarifier outage steps

1.6.3.1 Stop dosing system, metering pump outlet shut the door, downtime in Within three days off c

larifier entrance door, mixer and scraper will not shutdown.

1.6.3.2 Disable time When more than 3 days or when preparing for maintenance, shut clarifier entrance door, op
ened the bottom of the door to stop the sewage mixers and blenders

Knob to adjust the speed to zero.

1.6.3.3 When clarifier long-term outage, the tanks, dosing tubes, sampling tube, rinse and drain.

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.6.4 Clarifier run Notes

1.6.4.1 Periodic inspection of the liquid where the drug reservoir tank, the dose of each storage tank i
s not less than 0.8 m. Otherwise, timely dosing of drugs.

1.6.4.2 Operation coagulant dosing tank liquid level not less than 0.3 m.

1.6.4.4 Check the clarification pond is normal operating parameters, clarifier effluent sh

ould be clear and transparent without suspended solids reach water quality standards, water

quality superStandard, muddy water should identify the cause, take appropriate measures to

restore water quality, and make records.

1.6.4.5 Clarifier and dosing systems per 2 hours inspection tour once, and record the parameters of the equipm
ent, check the equipment is functioning properly, plus

30min after the drug or adjust the flow rate adjustment Water quality tests should clarify exit the pool
again until qualified water quality until.

1.6.4.6 The water, and adjust the raw water inlet flow rate of water, adjusting the total flow of r

aw water changes per hour should not exceed 30t, andTo slowly. Single clarifier actual loa

d does not exceed the rated flow 70%.

1.6.4.7 Settlement ratio control during normal operation 10 to 15%Between, the control settlement ra
tio ( I.e. the reaction chamber sludge concentration ) Cycles through mud,

Frequency and mud time, to adjust the dosage of the drug dosing.

1.6.4.8 Clarifier effluent running time in excess of requirements or when water turbidity large, open th
e bottom doors sewage discharge.

1.6.4.9 When you disable pipeline and water storage facilities should be let go.
1.7 Multi-media filter operation

1.7.1 Preparation before start

1.7.1.1 The multi-media filter maintenance work has been completed, complete and reliable system, work t
icket has been withdrawn or terminated .

1.7.1.2 Multi-media filters have been washed with water passing in the standby state, the entrance door
manually backwash inlet door has been opened manually.

1.7.1.3 Check the solenoid valve box and transmission has been aspirated, by controlling the air pr

essure 0.4MPa Above, in situ on the solenoid valve box / Programmab

le switch to the programmed position.

1.7.1.4 Check the online instrument into normal.

1.7.1.5 Raw water level in the tank 3.0 m or more, raw water tank, water tank entrance door is opened.

1.7.1.6 Raw water pump and backwash pump on standby, the pump entrance door is opened.

1.7.1.7 Roots blower normal standby emptying valve has been opened.

1.7.1.8 Identify supply water supply system, self-cleaning filter, ultrafiltration device, an ultrafiltr
ation tank in a standby, ready of water.

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1.7.2 Buju automatic operation

1.7.2.1 The selection switch solenoid valve box multi-media filter rotation to "programme

d" position, check the multi-media filters and put into operation, backwash,The logical ste

p sequence table outage, or the failure check being interrupted, if the other automatic pr

ocedures are being put into operation for the operation should be completed before the pro

gram, if the interrupt logic of the fault, should click the reset button the interrupt log

ic reset.

1.7.2.2 Click on the multi-media filter "Run step sequence" icon to open the step sequence table, click
on the "Automatic / Manual "selector switch in th
e self-

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Move location, click on the "commissioning" step, the multi-media filter is automatically put into opera
tion.

1.7.2.3 Based on the above steps to continue to put into operation a multi-media filter until it reaches
the minimum amount of water needed to put into operation a ultrafiltration.

1.7.3 Manual operation Buju

1.7.3.1 The solenoid valve of the multi-media cabinet filter selection switch to "programm

ed" position, click on the multi-media filter into operation step sequence of FIG.Standard,

open step sequence table, click to select "Manual."

1.7.3.2 Opening the multi-media filter in a multi-media filter inlet face of FIG pneumatic doors, air do
or.

1.7.3.3 After air door see the water, the washing and drainage door open, door closed air,

flushing. After the washing drainage drainage door clarify open gas exportsGates, the washi

ng off the vent door, as the case may start flocculant, fungicides dosing pump, and adjust

ing the frequency of stroke, multi-media filter is put into operation.

1.7.4 Automatic shutdown step

1.7.4.1 Selection switch solenoid valve housing of the multi-media filter spin in the "pro

grammed" position, click on the multi-media filter step sequence icon, Open the step seque

nce table, click on the "Automatic / Manual "selector switch in automatic position.

1.7.4.2 Click the "outage" button, the automatic shutdown multi-media filters, flocculants, fungicides d
osing pump down.

1.7.5 Manual steps outage

1.7.5.1 Selection switch solenoid valve housing of the multi-media filter in the "programm

ed" position, click on the multi-step sequence filter media icon to openStep sequence tabl

e, click on the "Automatic / Manual "selector switch in the manual position.

1.7.5.2 Click on the multi-media filter entrance door, closing the entrance door, during backwashing, cl
ick on the multi-media filter valve in the open state,

Doors, close the valve. Stop flocculants, biocides dosing pump.

1.7.5.3 When unable to automatically shutdown multi-media filters, you should click on the reset button
to reset the program to run or backwash.

Note: In multi-media filter operating state, the filter should be closed inlet pneumatic doors, and

then closing the door air outlet filter (only OneSets of

filter operation, the raw water pump should outage); in the backwash operation should outage backwas

h pump or blower, and then turn off

Pneumatic valves to prevent water pump or blower hold pressure, causing equipment damage.

1.7.6 Filter backwash conditions

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1.7.6.1 Producing multi-media filter water turbidity> 2NTU.

1.7.6.2 Multi-media filter operating pressure differential exceeds the doorway 0.05Mpa.

1.7.6.3 Cumulative run over Multi-media filter 6 hours.

1.7.7 Preparation before backwash

1.7.7.1 Raw water tank level at least More than 3 meters.

1.7.7.2 Backwashing pump in a normal standby state, the entrance door is opened.

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.7.7.3 Roots blower in a normal standby state, the exit door has opened.

1.7.7.4 Pressure compressed air storage tank 0.4MPa or more.

1.7.8 Automatic backwash Procedure

1.7.8.1 Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the

multi-step sequence filter media icon to open the step sequence table, click on the "Auto

/ Manual "selector switch in automatic position.

1.7.8.2 Click the "backwash" step, the multi-media filter backwash starts automatically backwash automat
ically put into standby after the end.

1.7.9 Manually backwash Procedure

1.7.9.1 Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the

multi-step sequence filter media icon to open the step sequence table, click on the "Auto

/ Manual "selector switch in the manual position.

1.7.9.2 Manually click on "backwash" step into the manual filter backwash step sequence:

a) Backwash water: manually click, then click open air doors, door drainage backwash backwash entrance
door, start the backwash pump, washing time

5min, stop backwash pumps, backwash off the entrance door.

b) Drainage: Manual Click to open the washing drainage door, close the backwash entrance door, drainage
delay 300s, drain off the washing door.

c) Wind scrub: Manual Click to open the compressed air door, start the blower, air blower door is

closed, delayed 5 minutes, air bl

ower door open, shut damper stop Roots blower.

d) Backwash water: manual backwash Click to open the entrance door, start the backwash pump, de

lay 10 min, Stop backwash pumps, backwash inlet OffDoor, door drainage back

wash. still 2 minutes.

e) Water: manually click to open the entrance door, delay Water or air door 500 seconds.

f) Washing: In manual clicks off air door, open the washing drainage gate delay10 minutes. After passing i
nto the standby state.

1.7.10 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

1.7.10.1 Under normal circumstances the system, the system works at the automatic position. Backwash eq
uipment and running in automatic mode.

1.7.10.2 Operation should strengthen supervision of the raw water tank water level, running raw water t
ank level not less than 2.5m.

1.7.10.3 When multi-media filter backwash flow rate should be controlled within a predetermined ra

nge, abnormal backwash ( Backwash filter backwash d

rain has run out may afford filter backwash, air vent door open when wiping the bottom drainage, t

1
2 × 350MWChemical unit
he washing and drainage quartz sand ) Pause to continue t

o identify the cause after treatment.

1.7.10.4 Multi-media filter inlet door manually adjust the flow rate during normal operation.

1.7.10.5 each 2 hours recording a plurality of operating parameters of the filter medium, to check th

e operation of multi-media filters and devices, water quality, flow rate, pressure is normal.

1.7.10.6 Backwash drain water discharged to the filter control 150 ~ 200mm. Backwash flow contro
l 250 ~ 300t /h The media expansion 25~

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

30% and not run out of control.


2 Boiler feed water treatment system

2.1 System Overview

A power plant 2 × 350MWBoiler feed water treatment units using coal mine dewatering water reservoir
s and water sources. Treatment for the mechanical acceleration

Clarifier, self-cleaning filter, ultrafiltration, reverse osmosis, ion exchange treatment. Mechanica

l accelerated clarifier to contribute to 150 ~ 200m3 / h × 2,Contribute

to the self-cleaning filter 60T / h × 3,UF to contribute to 53T / h × 3,Reverse os

mosis contribute to the 40T / h × 3, Ion exchange to contribute t

80T / h × 2. Maximum output for the system equipment120T / h.


2.2 Process

Process is as follows:

Raw raw raw water heater tank filter raw water pump multi-media self-cleaning filter water tank

ultrafiltration device security filter water pump high-pressure pump reverse osmosis device other

than carbon to carbon than carbon pump tank countercurrent regeneration of cation exchanger counte

rcurrently

again

Health mixed bed anion exchanger demineralized water tank demineralized water pump main plant

In addition to the outlet portion of the water tank via a carbon heating network hea

t pump up the network, multi-media filter provided to the bypass pipe outlet tank ca

rbon addition. Process flow diagram below

The main system process:

Bactericide coagulant

→ green → raw raw water heater tank pump → green → → multi-media filter self-cleaning filter wa
ter tank → ultrafiltration device

HCl, reducing agents, inhibitors (selecting the type of dosing depending on the circumstances)

Safety filter water pump → → → RO high pressure pump in addition to carbon → → → carbon removal tank countercurr
ent → carbon removal pump

Heating ne
twork pumpsCountercurrent regeneration of cation exchanger regeneration → → mixed be
d anion exchanger demineralized water tank demineralized water pump main plant

Assist process:
2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

UF backwash system: water tank pump → → ultrafiltration backwash drugs mixer → → ultrafiltration backwash filter backwash imp
orts

Fungicides, acids, bases


(Non-simultaneous dosing, dosing selected according to the kind of pollution)

UF and RO cleaning system: washing tank → washing → washing pump →

ultrafiltration or reverse osmosis precision filter regeneration syste

m: unloading acid (base) of the buffer tank → unloading acid (base)

→ pump acid (base) tank → → injector metering tank

Dosing device: Box for dosing pump → → dosing point

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Compressed air system: the main plant to compressed air storage tank → → point of use

Wastewater transport system: Pump waste lagoon →


2.3 The main equipment specifications

No. Name specifications and technical parameters number of units Remarks


3
1 Raw water tank 150m station 2
3
2 Raw wa 100m / , 0.42MPa statio 3
ter pu h n
mp
3 Multi-media filte DN3000 H = 800/400 statio 3
r n
3
4 Ultrafiltratio 53m / h statio 3
n device n
3
5 Water 200m statio 3
tank n
3
6 Clean 80m / h , 0.44MPa statio 3
Water n
Pump
7 Reverse osmosis 40 t / h set 3
unit
8 In addition to car statio 3
bon than carbon wi n
th air
machine φ 140
0

9 In addition to carbon tank 20m3 station 3

10 In addition to carbon pump 3 100m / h, 0.5MPa station 2

11 Countercurrent
Φ 2200mm
HR = 1800mm station 2
regenerat
ion catio Q = 80 ~ 100m3 / h
nSwitch Φ 2200mm
HR = 2500mm station 2

12 Strong base an Q = 80 ~ 100m3 / h

ion exc

hangeDe

vice
1600mm
13 Mixed ion exchange station 2
Q = 80 ~ 100m3 / h
HR = 500 / 1000mm
3
14 Demineralized water tank 2500m ,With a floating roof station
2
3
15 Demineralize 40 ~ 100m / h, 0.5MPa statio 2
d water pump n
3
16 Start demine 200m / H , 0.45MPa statio 1
ralized wate n

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit
r pump

2.4Water qua

lity stan
proj unit Control standard expectations Remarks
name
dardsWate ect

Turbidi NTU ≤0.15


r samples
ty
Ultraf <2
iltrat SDI
ion ou
t

Chlorine mg / L <0.1 mg / L (Control value 0)

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

RO ent SDI ≤ 3
rance
Turbidity mg / L ≤ 1

DD μ s / cm Online
Revers
e Osmo ≥98%(Continuous operation within a year)
sis

Export Desali
nation ≥97%(After three years of continuous operation)
s
rate
Recovery rate ≥ 75%
2.5 Ultrafiltration part

2.5.1 Ultrafiltration membrane works:

Ultrafiltration membrane is a polymer having one kind of micropore filtration filte

r media, the water can be removed by ultrafiltration of small particles of suspended sol

ids, colloidal organic molecules, bacteria. It works with a certain pressure of water at

the membrane surface of the flow, the water molecules, inorganic salts, small organic mo

lecules can reach the other side of the membrane through the membrane, the water carryin

g suspended solids, colloidal particles, such as microorganisms impurities were trapped

ultrafiltration membrane to remove suspended solids, colloids, microorganisms and other

impurities to achieve the purpose of water purification.

2.5.2 UF strengthen backwash

No dosing apparatus ultrafiltration backwash system operation, when the ultrafiltration oper

ation at full twenty four(After tentative) driving

cycle, into the reinforcing backwashing step sequence, with two kinds of reinforcing backwash do

sing functional groups, wherein the oxidizing agent, a base is set, adding an acid to another gr

oup. Specific dosing frequency depending alternately

Raw water quality situation.

2.5.3 UF chemical cleaning

2.5.3.1 Chemical cleaning condition ultrafiltration

a) Entrance flow ultrafiltration device runtime rated pressure is greater than 0.15MPa,By backwash can
not be restored;

b) It has been continuous operation 3 months.

2.5.3.2 Selecting a chemical cleaning solution

Pollutant concentration of cleaning agent


Less than 200 pp
Bacteria, organic matter sodium hypochlorite + NaOH m (concentration
of effective chl
orine concentrat
ion)
2
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Organic, silicone ( Silica colloid ) Less than caustic soda 1%
Citri Less than
c acid, 0.5% to le
Inorganic adhesive
oxalic ss than 2%
acid H less than
Cl 5% less th
Ethylenediam an 0.1%
inetetraacet
ic acid
Sodium h 100 to 200ppm
clean
ypochlorite less than 1%
hydrogen
peroxide
Contaminants and clea
ning action thereof

* Standard chemical cleaning: (100- 200ppm NaClO + 0.5% NaOH) wash 8-12 hours, washed with water;

0.5-1% acid cleaning 6-8 hours, washed with water

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.5.4 Ultrafiltration equipment specification

No. Name Specification Unit Quantity Origin Notes Manufacturer

Q = 60m
1 Self-cleanin station 3 Feisifoer
3
g filter / h 100μ

m TYU
set 3 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny
2 Ultrafiltrat F-53
ion device
Q = 53m
3

/h
2.1 Ultrafiltratio V10072 root 33 United S KOCH PS
n membrane mod tates
ule

UF chemical
cleaning set 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny
3
Equipment

3.1 Chemical cleaning tank3 V = 3m station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rub


ber lined steel
3
Q = 44m / h Shenyang Pump Stone

3.2 UF wash pump H = 22m station 1 Of the power plant Pump


Factory S31608
N = 5.5KW Or equ
ivalen
TYBA-220 t

Cleaning car 220mm


3.3 station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny S31608
tridge filte 10
rs Q = 44m
3

/h

152 × 10
Supporti root 1 PALL PP
ng filte 16mm
r
station 1 Beij
3.4 Electric heaters N = 30KW

Q = 152m
3
/h
Shenyang P
4 UF backwash H = 22m station 2 ump Factor S31608
y pump pet
water pump
N = 18.5KW rochemical
plant or e
quivalent

DN150
UF backwash
filter 100μm Q station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny S31608
5
= 152m /3 h
Device
Q = 80m / N = 15KW
2.5.5 Membrane
3 performance para h
6 Clean W meters
ater Pump H = 34m
ation
2
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Shenyang Pump Fa r equivalent
ctory pump petro
chemical plant o S31608

Membrane properties

American film producer and model KOCHthe company

2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Type membrane element and membrane materials V10072 polysulfone


[PS] 100 000 [dalton
]
Molecular weight cutoff membrane element ( COM) W

The outer diameter of the inner membrane element 0.8 / 1.3mm

Number film member 3 × 11 support

Output means of ultrafiltration 3 × 53m3 / h

Continuous operating pressure 0.05 ~ 0.20MPa (highest ≤ 0.31MPa)

Continuous operation pressure 0.01 ~ 0.1MPa (highest ≤ 0.24MPa)

Highest backwash pressure ≤ 0.20MPa

Microbial removal efficiency ≥99%


Colloidal aluminum, iron, silicon removal rate 99.0%
For removal of suspended solids 99.99%

For TOCAbout removal 30%

Continuous water turbidity <3NTU

Continuous influent suspended solids ( TSS) <50mg / L

Water particle size < 100μm

Water turbidity < 0.15NTU

Water SDI <2.0

Recovery of water ≥90%

Filtration cycle ≥30 Min (adjusted according to debug the situati


on)

The total duration backwash ≤2 minute

Chemical cleaning cycle 1 to 3 months


Continuous running water PHvalue 3 ~ 10

Chemical cleaning PHValue range 1 to 13

Membrane replacement rate 20%

Membrane life 5 years

2.5.6 UF operating procedures

2.5.6.1 The overall control principle

a) UF running water pressure is higher than ( 0.2MPa Adjustable) should alar


m, the water pressure is higher than ( Adjustable 0.28MPa), high pressur
e water production
2
2 × 350MWChemical unit

When in (0.2MPa adjustable), the device should be stopped.

b) Ultrafiltration filter differential pressure exceeded under any circumstances 0.15MPa, the ultrafiltr
ation system stops running.

c) Ultrafiltration water temperature exceeds any case 45 ℃, ultrafiltration system operation is stopped.

2.5.6.2 Ultrafiltration check the contents before starting

d) Multi-media filter normal operation, the filter system outlet water quality to meet the operational
requirements ultrafiltration.

e) Ultrafiltration systems are all pressure gauges, flow meter, turbidity meter meet the investment cri
teria.

f) Each dosing pump is in the standby state, the exit door is opened, there is sufficient liquid within
the kits.

g) Self-cleaning filter inlet door, exit door in an open position, the bypass door is in a closed state.

h) Ultrafiltration backwash pump in the standby state, opening the door entrance.

i) Compressed air storage tank pressure not less than 0.4MPa.

j) Situ manner each valve solenoid switch valve box selection hit the programmed position.

2.5.6.3 Ultrafiltration manual switching operation Procedure

a) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the icon sequence u

ltrafiltration step, open the sequence tables step, click on the "Auto / Manual

"selector switch in the manual position.

b) On the positive impulse: door open ultrafiltration under drainage, the water inlet valve, is red
After 60 seconds.

c) On the Run: Ultrafiltration open exit doors, closed doors under drainage, ultrafiltration put into o
peration, UF run every full After 30 minutes.

d) On Backwash: close the exit door, the water on the door, open the door backwash water, backwash

drain on the door, start ultrafiltration backwash pumps 60s After

stopping ultrafiltration backwash pumps, backwash water inlet valve is closed, the backwash drai

n on the door.

e) Positive red: manual clicks, open the door ultrafiltration under drainage, water inlet valve on ultr
afiltration, are red After 60 seconds.

f) RUN: open water under doors, exit doors, close the drain next door ultrafiltration, water inlet valv
e ultrafiltration. UF run every full After 30 minutes.

g) Under Backwash: close the exit door, the water under the door, open the door backwash water, dr

ainage next door, start ultrafiltration backwash pumps After the 60s, st

op ultrafiltration backwash pumps, backwash water inlet valve is closed, the next drainage door.

h) Positive red: Click open the door manually under water, drainage door is redAfter the 60s.

i) Followed by 3 --- 8 Step sequence, cycle.

3
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2.5.6.4 Procedure Manual ultrafiltration outage

Raw water pump stops, ultrafiltration close entry gate, door water production.

2.5.6.5 Automatic commissioning ultrafiltration Procedure

Ultrafiltration solenoid valve box "in situ / Programmed "to switch" programmed "position,

click on the ultrafiltration step sequence table, select the" Auto "click" on "button, ultrafil

tration automatically put into operation, the accumulated operation 3

0 After minutes, and rinsed automatically follow the backwash - on t

ransport

3
2 × 350MWChemical unit

OK - the backwash - being on the red - RUN - under backwash - positive punch - on the run repeated c
ycle.

2.5.6.6 Ultrafiltration automatic shutdown procedure

Open ultrafiltration control interface, click on the "Stop" button, UF will automatically shutdown.

2.5.6.7 Ultrafiltration outage conditions

a) Ultrafiltration Importers and water pressure over the set value;

b) UF fault can not run;

c) Ultrafiltration can still meet the water requirements to run after ultrafiltration stop backup.

2.5.6.8 Ultrafiltration backwash Procedures Manual

a) The backwash

Outage ultrafiltration, ultrafiltration backwash open the entrance door, the drainage door, st

art ultrafiltration backwash pumps, delay 60s, ultrafiltration manu

al backwash.

b) Under backwash

Outage ultrafiltration, ultrafiltration backwash inlet door open, the vent door, ultrafiltrati

on backwash pump start, delay 60s, ultrafiltration manu

al backwash.

2.5.6.9 Automatic backwash ultrafiltration Procedure

a) In automatic mode, each running full ultrafiltration30 minutes, in the following step of automatically back
washing:

b) Run → → outage at the backwash backwash → → → being rushed back into operation.

2.5.6.10 UF run Notes

a) Normal ultrafiltration system failure occurs during the water, the pump should stop

after birth, the entry door closed; backwashing fails to stop the backwash pump, Aft

er washing off the anti-entry gate, and then continue processing the above-described

operation is completed.

b) Strict control of ultrafiltration water quality.

c) Adjusting the water flow to run at a specified value, the water pressure must not be greater than
0.20MPa.

d) Ultrafiltration water temperature exceeds ban 45 ℃, as this temperature is exceeded, immediately outage
ultrafiltration, and the inlet water temperature is adjusted

e) Every two hours to check ultrafiltration system, water pump and dosing pump is operating normally,

f) Inspection once every two hours, an inlet water: turbidity, pressure, flow, temperature. Water produ
ction: pressure, turbidity, flow.

g) UF backwash should stop before running, then stop running.

2.5.6.11 Run ultrafiltration step sequence table

No. program Control P roject


2 × 350MWChemical unit
Ultrafiltration
Next out Backwash backwash
Backwash Pro of the waterwash
gress Water Row on row of lower
Watergate Watergate
or do time
Pump
r Watergate Watergate
17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Initial shape
1. Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο
state
2.1 Ο ● Ο Ο ● Ο Place
Ο
2. The wash 2.2 Ο ● Ο Ο ● Ο 1min
Ο
3.1 Ο ● Ο ● ●Place 30min (adjustable)
Ο Ο
Place place
On the run 60s (Adjustable) place
3.
3.2 Ο ● Ο ● Ο Ο Ο 5S
Place 30S (adjustable) in place
4.1 Ο ● Ο ● Ο Ο Ο Place place
4.2 Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο
Ο Ο ΟΟ
ΟΟΟΟ
Ο●ΟΟΟΟ Ο●Ο Ο Ο Ο 30minΟ Ο (available
The backwash4.4 ● Ο Ο ●
Ο Ο Ο●Ο ● ● ● ●
Adjusted) in place in place
4. 4.4 Ο ● ● Ο Ο●ΟΟΟΟ Ο●Ο60sΟ (Adjustable)
Ο place
4.5 ● Ο Ο ● 5S
5.1 Ο Ο Ο Ο
Place 30S (adjustable) in place
5.2 Place
5.3
5.5
5. 6.1
Positive red

6.RUN
6.2ΟΟ ●● ΟΟΟ
7.1 Ο Ο ● ● Ο Ο Ο
7.2 Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο
Ο Ο
Ο Ο
ΟΟΟ
Ο Ο Ο●
Ο Ο ΟΟΟΟ Ο ●
Ο
7.3
Under backwash ● Ο Ο Ο
Ο Ο Ο● Ο ● ● ●
7. 7.4 Ο ● ● Ο Ο●
Ο Ο ● Ο Ο Ο Ο
7.5 ● Ο ● Ο
8.1 Ο Ο
8.2
8.3
8.4
8. Positive punch

Section 8.4 After the return to the first step2.1 Step down sequentially rerun
The first After 24 (adjustable) run cycle, began to enter strengthen backwash step sequence

2.5.6.12 Chemical cleaning operation ultrafiltration

a) Cleaning conditions

Entrance flow ultrafiltration device runtime rated pressure is greater than 0.15MPa,When the inlet

pressure exceeds the ultrafiltration 0.2MPa can not be restored by strengthening the washWhen t

he complex; consecutive runs 3 months.

b) Cleaning step

B a s e + Sodium hypochlorite cleaning:

1) Rinse with clean water tank and a corresponding cleaning conduit, waste water washed out;

2) Standard cleaning tank washing water was added to the required amount of water, the temperature is p
referably 35 ℃the following;

3) Slowly adding an alkali ( NaOH) Adjusting the PH = 12 ~ 13.


18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

4) Added solution of sodium hypochlorite ( NaOCl)The total does not exceed the concentratio
n of sodium hypochlorite 500 ㎎ / L;

5) Alkali circulation / Sodium hypochlorite solution 20 to 30 Minutes, then soak 40 to 60 minutes;

6) Check base / Concentration of sodium hypochlorite, needs refilling NaOClOr base to maintain the tot
al alkaloids +Concentration of sodium hypochlorite;

7) Drained washing liquid, water washing equi

pment with water to neutral.Acid cleaning:

1) Rinse the cleaning tank and the corresponding line washing with water, waste water washed out;

2) Standard cleaning tank washing water was added to the required amount of water, the temperature is p
referably 40 ℃the following;

3) Or citric acid is added slowly HCLAdjusting the PH = 1 ~ 2.5 ; Mass fraction or pr

eparation 0.1% ~ 0.5% HCl Washing solution; acid concentration when formulated some s

erious pollution may be large, usually not more than 1%;Citric acid concentration 10%

the following;

4) Acid cycle 20 to 30 Minutes, then soak 40 to 60 minutes;

5) Check the acid concentration, acid as needed to maintain a total acid concentration;

6) Drained washing liquid, water washing equipment with water to neutral .

Alkali cleaning (plus 0.05% - 0.1%Surfactant EDTAOr sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate):

1) Rinse with clean water tank and a corresponding cleaning conduit, waste water washed out;

2) Standard cleaning tank washing water was added to the required amount of water, the temperature is p
referably 35 ℃the following;

3) Slowly adding an alkali ( NaOH) Regulation PH = 12 Or quality score 0.1 to 0.4% NaOHSolu

tion (Additive 0.05% to 0.1%Surfactant);

4) Circulation lye 20 to 30 Minutes, then soak 40 to 60 minutes;

5) Check the alkali concentration, if necessary add NaOHTo maintain the total concentration;

6) Drained washing liquid, water washing equipment with water to neutral.

Note: The chemical cleaning process, if less pollution, can be dispensed once, and the cycle is rep

eated immersion liquid 3 ~ 5 can flow; if contamin

ationWhen severe, may be formulated liquid was repeatedly washed two to three times, each time cycl

e and soaking liquid More than 10 hours.

c) Ultrafiltration Cleaning Precautions

1) Ultrafiltration sodium hypochlorite cleaning should be preceded by alkali, Allowed sodium hypochlori
te at a pH less than 9.5;

2) Each alkaline washing, alkali washing sodium hypochlorite, to be rinsed between the pickling line;

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit
3) When cleaning start, when cleaning the filter inlet opening door slowly to prevent l

ocalized high internal gas pressure has ultrafiltration. Clean the water tank and ov

erRinse the filter emptying when not long standby;

4) Each wash dissolving drugs should wear protective glasses and gloves, and to ensure good clean room
ventilation;

5) The pharmaceutical drug is completely dissolved when the cleaning solution.

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6) Ultrafiltration should be cleaned completely separate from other ultrafiltration, ul

trafiltration should be cleaned before backwashing the membrane surface and the memb

rane to ensure a clean wire, stranded flushParticulate matter in the ultrafiltration

membrane;

7) Each of the cleaning process 30min A laboratory, an alkali hypochlor


ite cleaning measurement pHThe alkali concentration, than when sodiu
m hypochlorite, acid cleaning measurement

pH, acid concentration;

2.5.6.13 UF strengthen backwash

a) Door open drainage, drainage next door, backwash water inlet valve.

b) On dosing: sodium hypochlorite start ultrafiltration backwash pump and ultrafiltra

tion pump or a backwash alkali ultrafiltration plus acid backwash pump (Details on

water qualitySet, can be selected on the screen) ultrafiltration backwash pump sta

rt, Close the vent door after 60s.

c) On Backwash: sodium hypochlorite stop ultrafiltration backwash pump and ultrafiltration pump or a ba
ckwash alkali ultrafiltration plus acid backwash pump, delay 5min (adjustable) after.

d) Under dosing: the vent door open, door closed drainage ,, sodium hypochlorite start ultra

filtration backwash pump and backwash alkali ultrafiltration or ultrafiltration backwash

pump plusAcid pump, delay 60s.

e) The backwashing: sodium hypochlorite stop ultrafiltration backwash pump and ultrafiltration pump or
a backwash alkali ultrafiltration plus acid backwash pump, delay 5min (adjustable) after.

f) On flushing: Stop ultrafiltration backwash pumps, , Backwash water shut the door, ope
n the water inlet valve, delay 60s.

g) The flushing: open the water inlet valve, the vent door closed ,, the water inlet valve, the vent do
or, delay 60s.

h) Alternate: Off the water inlet valve, the vent door, enters a standby state.

i) UF strengthen the backwash step sequence table

super super super super on under Out Backw Backw anti- time
No. ash ash
filte filter filter filter Ente Enter wate Water On ro wash
r r r w
anti- anti- anti- anti- wate water door door Water under
r gate
wash wash wash wash door door row
Pump oxyg plus plus water
program
strengthen 8.1 en
ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟAlka acid
●●● door
PlaceBackwash 8.2 ●●●● ΟΟΟ ●●●
Place
8.3 ●●●● ΟΟΟ ●● Ο 60s

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit
(adjustable)
8.4
● ΟΟΟΟΟΟ ●● Ο 5
Minutes (can
Tone)
8.5
● ΟΟΟΟΟΟ ●●● Plac
e
8
8.6 ●●● Place
8.7 ●●●●●● 60s (adjustable)
8.8
● ΟΟΟΟΟΟ ● Ο ● 5
Minutes (can
Tone)
8.9
ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ ● Ο ● Plac
e
8.10
ΟΟΟΟ ● ΟΟΟΟ ● Plac
e

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit

8.11
ΟΟΟΟ ● ΟΟΟΟ ● 60S
(Adjustable)
8.12
ΟΟΟΟΟ ● ΟΟ ●● Plac
e
8.13
ΟΟΟΟΟ ● ΟΟ ●● 60S
(Adjustable)

2.5.6.14 UF protection of disabled

a) Downtime 7 Should be carried out within a day 20 minutes rinse.

b) Disable 7 When days or more before the outage t

o deal with ultrafiltration membrane backwash, are washed, and injected into the system 1%S

odium bisulfite is protected, Then close all inlet and outlet valves, once a month protection

solution PH value, such as PH <= 3, the protective s

olution should be replaced.

c) During standby stop, an ultrafiltration membrane should be kept in a wet state, once dehydrated dry,
will cause irreversible damage to the membrane module.

d) After prolonged outage should be restored before running in the ultrafiltration device protection so
lution rinse.
2.6 Reverse osmosis section

2.6.1 Reverse osmosis security filter works

Security filter precision filter belongs, is the use of melt-blown filter pores, the

water entering the reverse osmosis mechanical filtration. The remaining traces of wa

ter suspended particles, colloids, and other microorganisms, trapped or adsorbed in

the pores of the filter surface and to reduce water impurities antiContaminated perm

eable membrane, extending the life of reverse osmosis membrane.

2.6.2 RO high-pressure pump

The high pressure pump is an important part of a reverse osmosis, its role is to provide a continuou
s, steady flow and pressure to the reverse osmosis membrane module.

2.6.3 Reverse osmosis works

2.6.3.1 If coupled with a higher pressure than the osmotic pressure of the concentrated so

lution side, the permeable nature of the direction opposite to, the concentrated solution w

illThe solvent (water) pressure side to the lean solution. Because of this penetration opp

osite to the direction of natural infiltration, so called reverse osmosis. This principle

of using the method of purifying water, called reverse osmosis. Equipment characteristics

2.6.3.2 Reverse Osmosis Dosing

a) A reducing agent dosing

Reverse osmosis system is in operation, a continuous, stable reducing agent is added to the wate

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit
r inlet, water retention The ORP

(oxidation-reduction potential) within a certain range in order to eliminate the oxidizing agent to destroy the w

ater of the reverse osmosis membrane.

b) Scale inhibitor effect of dosing

Reverse osmosis system is in operation, a continuous, stable scale inhibitor is adde

d to the water inlet, to delay by retarding the crystal growthFormation of a precipi

tate, the precipitate does not form crystals causes reverse osmosis membrane. Each i

nlet is provided with a RO antiscalant dosing pump.

2.6.4 Reverse osmosis equipment specifications

No. Name Specification Unit Quantity Origin Notes Manufacturer

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit

TYBA-400
1 Security O station 3 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny S31608
verthinker 400mm5

Supporting filter152 ×1016mm root 6PALLPP

Pneumatic water discharge

Release valv DN125, PN1.0 station 1GEMU Rubber lined


e steel

CRN45-7-2 or equivalent
High-pressure Danmaigelan
pump (Change Q = 53m
3
/h
2 station 3 Fu (Su S31608
Frequenc H = 110m
y Contro Stat
l) N = 30KW e)

3 Reverse os
mosis unit TYRO-40
set 3 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny
Q = 40m /
3

3.1 Membrane element BW30 144 United DOW Composi


FR-400 only States te film
300p-8-6
3.2 Reverse osmosis membrane shell root twe WaveCyber FRP
nty
four
300psi

3.3 Reverse os set 3 Beijin Tianyuan Su Carbon s


mosis carr g nny teel cor
iage rosion
3.6 DN50, PN1.6 station 3GEMU Rubber lined
Pneumatic conce
steel
ntrated water d
3.7 ischargeWater
set 3 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny stainless ste
gate el
High and low pr
essure pipeline
valve
3.8 Rupture discs DN80mm 30psi sheet 3 Shenyang Aerospace Xinguang

Scale inhibitor dosing


4 set 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny
Equipment

4.1 Solution tank V = 1.0m3 station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined
steel

4.2 Electric mixer N = 0.55KW station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny 304SS

Q = 7L / h

4.3 Inhibitor meter Pump


ing P = 0.7MPa N = 0.069KW

25
2 × 350MWChemical unit
sta tion 4 US Pasife ida
4.4 Y Strainer DN20mm More 2 Wade Green Italy PVC

4.5 Pulse snubber PDS80 More 3 Beijing Tian Yua

n Heng industryReductant dosing


5 set 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny
Equipment

26
2 × 350MWChemical unit

3
5.1 Solution tan V = 1.0m station 2 Beijin Tianyuan Su Rubber li
k g nny ned steel
5.2 Electric mix N = 0.55K station 2 Beijin Tianyuan Su 304SS
er W g nny
Q = 7L / h
Reducing agent
metering
5.3 P = 0.7MPa station 4 US Pasifeida
Pump
N = 0.069KW

5.4Y Strainer DN20mm More 2 Italy Wade Green PVC

5.5 Pulse snubbe PDS80 More 3 Beijin Tianyuan Su


r g nny
6 Means adding set 1 Beijin Tianyuan Su
acid g nny
3
6.1 Acid metering box V = 1. station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined
0m steel
Q = 7L / h

6.2 Reverse osmosis


with acid P = 0.7MPa station 4 US Pasifeida

Metering pum N = 0.069K


ps
W
Q = 175L / h
UF backwash plus
6.3 P = 0.5MPa station 2 US Pasifeida
Acid metering pump
N = 0.55K
W
6.4Y Strainer DN20mm More 2 Italy Wade Green PVC

6.5 Pulse snubbe PDS80 More 4 Beijin Tianyuan Sun


r g ny
7 Alkali plant set 1 Beijin Tianyuan Sun
g ny
7.1 An alkali solution tank3 station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined
V = 1.0m steel
Q = 175L / h
UF backwash plus
7.2 P = 0.5MPa station 2 US Pasifeida
Alkali metering pump
N = 0.55K
W
7.3 Y-type straine DN20mm More 1 Italy Wade Green PVC
r
7.4 Pulse snubbe PDS80 More 1 Beij Tianyuan Sun
r ing ny
Cleaning means
Reverse osmosi
8.1 Chemical cleaning tank
3
station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined
V = 3m steel
3 Shenyang Pump
CleaningPump Security ed
Reverse Osmosis had clean
8.2
27
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Q=
46m 1 Petrochemical plant Pump Factory o
/h S31608
N = 11KW r equivalent
H=
33m
TYBA-220
8.3 station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny S31608
filter 220mm 10

28
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Supporting 152 × 1016mm root 1 PALL PP


filter
8.4 Pipeline va set 1 Beijing Tianyuan Su stainl
lves nny ess st
eel
8.5 Electric he N = 30KW station 1 Beijing
aters

Shenyang
Q = 50m / h
3

Pump Fac
9 Rinse wa H = 32m station 1 S31608
tory pum
ter pump
N = 11KW
p petroc
hemical
plant or
equivale
nt
2.6.5 Reverse osmosis water requirements

1 Operating temperature 1 ~ 45 ℃

2 Operating pressure 4.1MPa

2 ~ 11 in a row)
3PH

1 ~ 13 (Cleaning)
4 Turbidity 1(the best 0.2)

5 (Surface water)
5 SDI
3 (groundwater)

6 the size of granule 5u m

7 Organics (TOC) 3mg / l

8 Chlorine and strong oxidants 0.1mg / l (Preferably 0)

Dissolved oxygen in water supply 5mg / l


9 Fe Time,

Fe0.05mg / l

10 SiO2 Concentrated water 100mg / l

11 Ca,Sr,Ba Concentrated ion product of water 0.8K


sp

12 Oxidation reduction potential value + 400mvthe following

2.6.6 Reverse osmosis unit parameters


29
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Number of reverse osmosis apparatus: 3 sets

And output equipment arrangement: 40m3/ h / Single set;

30
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Sec 5: 3 are arranged

Pressure Vessel Type: 300p-8-6 (300psi) 3 × 8 root

Membrane elem
ents:
BR30FR-400
① film elemen
t model:

② desalination rate: 99.5% (Single)

③ Material: polyamide composite membrane

Number of total film element ④: 144

⑤ life: 5 years

⑥ annual replacement rate: 20%

⑦ manufacturers and Origin: United States DOWthe company

Means operating conditions:

① flow: 40m / h / Single


3
set; (rated output)

② recovery: ≥75%

③ Total desalination rate: ≥97%(After three years) (ensure water indicators)

④ Control: DCS

Water supply and chemical cleaning conditions:

① water temperature: <45oC

② water pressure: <4.1Mpa

③ feed water SDI: <3

④ residual chlorine: <0.1mg / L (Preferably


0)
⑤ PH: 3 ~ 10 (continuous oper
ation)
⑥ cleaning method: Caustic or acid

⑦ cleaning PH: 1 ~ 13

2.6.7 Reverse osmosis equipment operating procedures

2.6.7.1 Reverse osmosis equipment operation step sequence

31
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Restore order
Acid plus sca High-pressure conc In addition to flus time
No agents plus
le entrated water wa hing flushing ca (secon
Drug program Pu Drug pumps terWater supply gat rbonPump house sty d)
mpControls e row wate le mach
agen
Eye r ine
t
Pump door
plus
Drug
pump
s
1 Initial s
hapestate ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ

● ●● Ο ●● ΟΟ ● initial flush time


3 points
2 run
bell
● ●●●● ΟΟΟ ● Non-high-pres
sure (delay 10
Chong ou second) Non-
tage
low pressure (10
seconds delay)
ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ ● place
3 wash ΟΟΟΟΟ ●●● Ο 5min
ΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟΟ
(● means open or start, Ο Expressed concern or stop)

2.6.7.2 The overall control principle

a) RO entrance ORPNo larger than 400mv, No larger than chlorine 0.1 mg / L (Prefer

ably 0)When found to have exceeded the standard, and shouldWhen adjusting reductant do

sage, dosage adjustment reducing agent After 30 minutes, indicators are not qualified to restore th

e value of the reverse osmosis outage should run, excessive identify the cause.

b) Reverse osmosis security filter inlet and outlet pressure shall not exceed 0.15MPa.

c) RO inlet water temperature no higher than 45 ℃.

d) RO entrance SDI No larger than 5 (Surface water) is not greater than 3 (Groundwater).

e) Outage before reverse osmosis must be flushed.

f) Inlet turbidity of less than1,Preferably less than 0.2.

2.6.7.3 Before you start RO

a) Water tank at least More than 3 meters. Entrance door open.

b) Reverse osmosis system pressure gauges, flow meters, ORPTable, conductivity meter, thermometer,
Table good spare PH.

c) The high pressure pump in a normal standby state.

d) Water pump in a normal standby state, the gate opens.

e) Normal security filter standby state, to confirm entrance door has been opened manually.

f) RO concentrated water discharge damper manually in a predetermined position.

32
2 × 350MWChemical unit

g) Reverse osmosis manual entry door, exit door is open.

h) Each reverse osmosis dosing pumps in the standby state, the entrance door is opened, there is suffic
ient liquid within the kits.

i) RO solenoid valve box, each of the pumps, dosing pumps programmed control cabinet selector switch po
sition, the air pressure in the reservoir 0.4MPa or more.

33
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.6.7.4 RO automatic commissioning Procedure

a) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, the reverse osmosis step sequ

ence of the multi-click the icon to open the step sequence table, click on the "Auto /M

anual "selector switch in automatic position.

b) Click Start, reverse osmosis automatically put into operation.

2.6.7.5 RO automatic rinsing steps outage

Open the RO "auto-run" Step sequence tables, click on the "outage flush", reverse osmosis rinse step
outage will automatically shutdown after flushing.

2.6.7.6 RO manual switching operation Procedure

a) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the icon sequence re

verse osmosis step, open the sequence tables step, click on the "Auto /M

anual "selector switch in the manual position.

b) RO concentrated water discharge opening door, water drain producing door, open access door, to start
the flushing water pump for reverse osmosis.

c) rinse After 3 minutes, concentrated water discharge door closed, start the reverse osmosis dosi

ng pump, the high pressure pump start, after passing the water, producing water drain off the do

or, into a reverse osmosis operation.

2.6.7.7 Manual rinsing steps RO outage

a) Outage RO high-pressure pump.

b) Concentrated water discharge door open, outage dosing pumps, produced water discharge door open, sto
p water pump. Closing the entry gate reverse osmosis.

c) Reverse osmosis rinse open the entrance door, start the flushing water pump, flushing 7-8

Minutes, rinse stop the pump. Rinsing off the en

trance door, gate concentrated water discharge, producing water discharge door.

2.6.7.8 RO OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS

a) Guarantee RO system is operating in compliance with water quality conditions. When inlet water

quality abnormalities found, check RO pretreatment system before the water situation.

b) Maximum water inlet pressure must not be greater than 1.6Mpa (tentative), such as to achieve this stand
ard, it should outage immediately and report professionals work.

c) Every two hours once recorded operating parameters, mainly includes: security entrance pressure

filter. Raw water: ORPValue, conductivity,Pressure, flow, temperature, PH. Water produ

ction: conductivity, pressure, flow. Concentrated drainage: flow, pressure and water pressure S

ec.

d) After each first security filter cartridge replacement cartridge filter flushing draining door is op
ened, and then be filled with water on the filter soak twenty four
34
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Hours after put into operation.

e) Security filter differential pressure of ≥ 0.15MPa, you should contact the overhaul to replace the filt
er.

f) Each time when flushing the reverse osmosis alternate day shift, when the wash-water pressure is
0.2 ~ 0.4MPa, rinsed for 10 minutes.

g) When the total water conductivity ≥ 400μ s / cm Or desalination rate of less than

97%When, separately for each membrane was measured to find the original

conductivitybecause. Controlling the inlet temperature Between 20-30 ℃.

35
2 × 350MWChemical unit

h) The operating parameter dosing pump stroke and frequency adjustment. Switching metering pump once a
week, after the first switch.

i) You should adjust the water level and water, the water level control 3.5 to 4.5 Between meters, w
hen the shift is not less than 3.5 meters.

2.6.7.9 Reverse osmosis stop backup protection

a) Short-term outage protection (applies to the reverse osmosis unit outage ti


me of less than 7 days maintenance)
1) Stop reverse osmosis system operation;

2) The reverse osmosis unit to play the "manual" operating mode;

3) Concentrated water discharge opening a door to open the flushing inlet, sta 1 ~ 2 time
rting the flushing water pump, a low pressure rinse For 30 minutes a s;
b) day for

Long-term outage protection (applies to the reverse osmosis unit for more t
han a month maintenance outage)
1) Stop reverse osmosis system operation;

2) The reverse osmosis unit to play the "manual" operating mode;

3) Preparation protection solution:

4) No oxidation 0.5 to 1% (wt%) or 0.5 to 1% formaldehyde (wt%) solution of sodium


bisulfite;

5) The protection was fed into the reverse osmosis apparatus until the wastewater containing 0.5%

(wt%)Or formaldehyde 0.5% (wt%) of sodium sulfite until the hydrogen;

6) Close all valves to reverse osmosis;

7) Repeat the above steps should month, the system should first change the protection liquid product ri
nse with water.

2.6.7.10 Cleaning the reverse osmosis unit

a) RO judgmentFilms need to be cleaned and the cleaning effect based on

1) Normalized water production or the membrane permeate flux decline 10% -15%;

2) To maintain proper flow of product water, the water pressure increases after temperature correction
10% -15%;

3) Increased permeated water salinity or conductivity 5% -10%;

4) ROThe pressure difference between the various segments increased 10% -15%;

5) It has been confirmed ROThe apparatus has serious membrane fouling.

Out by detecting the degree of recovery rejection rate (change in conductivity) water quality,

flux, pressure out of the water and other indicators to evaluate cleaning effectFruit; Evalua

tion of membrane washing effect should consider the impact of the natural properties of the fi

lm decline under normal circumstances, usually require little flux decline

To 3%Desalination rate of decline is not greater than 7%Otherwise, it should be considered for the fi
36
2 × 350MWChemical unit
lm.

b) ROThe method of cleaning membranes

1) Washing step varies depending on the specific circumstances vary, the basic washing

steps are: first with low pressure water flushing, chemical cleaning agent and then

intoCleaning line:

37
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2) A low-pressure water wash: water or feed product was subjected to low pressure flush

from the positive direction (the feed direction of the liquid flow), the strong flus

hing of the membrane surface, the flow of water through the release of pollutants an

d bacteria membrane surface; since the membrane surface component concentrations red

uction, it is possible to dissolve some inorganic scale down out. As the normal main

tenance of the RO membrane, typically once a week rinsed, each about 15-30min;

3) Chemical cleaning: When the RO membrane surface by a certain degree of pollution, cleaning

chemicals should be considered, and cleaning agent formulations common approach is as follows:

Cleaning agent formulations:

Detergent composition Amount PH adjustme


nt
formula 1 Citric acid 20Kg
With ammoni
a
RO product water With 1000L solution Adjusted PH = 2.
53.5
formula 2 sodium tripolyphosphate 20Kg With HCL
Tetrasodium EDTA 8.4Kg Adjusted to PH
= 11 12
RO product water With 1000L solution
formula 3 sodium tripolyphosphate 20Kg With HCL
Sodium dodecyl b 2.6Kg Adjusted to PH
enzene sulfon With 1000L so = 11 12
ate RO produc lution
t water
RO membrane fouling characteristics and processing
method
Calcium-based deposits moderately reduced rejec With a cleaning form Calcium-based
tion rate, system pressure drop ula 1 deposits
(Typically a modest increase in calcium carbonat (Usually calcium ca
e, a slight decrease of water production rbonate
It occurred in the second paragraph) It occurred in t
he second paragr
aph)
Decreased metal oxide desalination rate, system With a cleaning form Metal oxide
pressure drop ula 1
(Iron, Manganese, nickel, Copper significant (Iron, manganese, n
ly increased, decreased water production ickel, copper or th
e like
And so common in the first Common in first par
agraph)
segment)
All kinds of colloid (first desalination rate s Formulation 2 with c All kinds of colloi
lightly, system pressure drop gradually leaning d (first paragraph)
Segment) increased, decreased production of water

Calcium sulfate, barium sulfate, desalination r Formulation 2 with c Calcium sulfate,


ate decreased, system pressure drop leaning barium sulfate,
Strontium sulfate (second paragraph) slightly o Strontium sulfate
r moderately increased, reduced water productio (second stage)
n
38
2 × 350MWChemical unit
low
Organic salt rejection may be a modest reductio Formulation 2 with c Organics
n system leaning
(All paragraphs) is pressed Severe with formula (All segments)
3
Drop gradually increased, gradually reducing wa
ter production
low
Microorganism may be decreased rejection rate, 0.1% NaOH + 0.2% Na-ED microorgani
the system TA sm
(All paragraphs) is pressed Salt, adjusting C (All segments)
Drop increased significantl leaning solution PH = 12
y, significantly reduced wa After use 0.1%Clear
ter production rate formaldehyde solution
low wash

Note: sodium tripolyphosphate and trisodium phosphate are NaOHA flexible substituent, wh

en directly by the caustic NaOHAdd tetrasodium EDTA, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate or cleanin

g.

c) Specific cleaning operation steps

Cleanup mechanical impurities

39
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1) Open the first section of the pressure vessel inlet side end plate, all mechanical p

articles, dirt and other debris clean up after the end plate resumed. If the particl

es embedded in the sheet and film is very serious and difficult to clean between the

first membrane element can move the pressure vessel removed most(If possible the rev

erse may be charged after the first exchange of a membrane element sealing ring is r

emoved) after the position of a film on.

2) Due to the large cross-contamination are blocked by a variety of sewage contamination, it is t

aken to a cleaning process in series, the first pickling or alkaline washing base + surfactant

Cleaning.

Plus acid cleaning

1) Rinse the cleaning tank and the corresponding line cleaning with water, the waste water drained afte
r washing;

2) Washing the tank with clean water standard (e.g. ROProduced water) to a certain amount of
water required ( 2/3 kits water solution);

3) Hydrochloric acid was added slowly, controlling the concentration 0.1 to 0.2%, adjusting the P

H = 1.5 ~ 2.5 ; Or configurations concentration 0.5% to 1% citric acid and oxalic acid, adjusting the PH

= 2 ~ 2.5 And added to the desired amount of water, temperature control 40 ℃ or less;

4) After mixing, the drug flows into the first low-pressure low; acid cycle and then, the control

pressure 0.25 to 0.35 Mpa Circulation flow rate to a single

membrane-shell ≤ 9.1m3 / h , Cleaning should be gradually increased cleaning flow. Liquid circ

ulation 20 ~ 30 Minutes, then soak 40 ~ 60 minute. If the dirtStaine

d serious, repeated cycling, immersion cleaning 10 hours;

5) During the cleaning cycle, check acid PHChange (per can 15 minutes),If acid PHChange

over PH 0.5 units requiredCertain additional acid until PH variation is withi

n 0.2 units, that the cleaning liquid has stabilized, add to this end pickling;

6) Drained washing liquid, low pressure RORinse water production 10 to 15 Minutes, until the water
was up to neutral;

Description: hydrochloric mainly for cleaning inorganic dirt, such as CaCO3, Metal
oxide scale; oxalic acid and citric acid mainly for CaSO4, MgSO4

Valent metal ions and scale formation and fo

uling of the corresponding metal oxide.Clean

ing alkali (sodium hydroxide + Surfacta

nt)

1) Rinse the cleaning tank and the corresponding line cleaning with water, the waste water drained afte
r washing;

40
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2) Washing the tank with clean water standard (e.g. ROProduced water) to a certain amount of
water required ( 2/3 kits water solution);

3) Slowly adding an alkali ( NaOH) Configured mass fraction 0.1% to 0.2%Liquid,


adjusting PH = 12 ~ 12.5 ; Then add 0.025%% To 0.05%

Surfactants (e.g., sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate), plus RO Water to yield the de


sired amount of water, temperature control 35 ℃ or less;

4) As liquid circulating manner into the acid cleaning solution, soak time 1h,cycle 0.5h ,repeatedly
2 ~ 3, severe cases can be repeated several times until the

More than 10h;

5) During the cleaning cycle, check lye PHChange (per can 10 minutes),If lye PHChange

over PH 0.5 units requiredSupplemented with certain bases, until PH variation is withi

n 0.5 units, that the cleaning liquid has stabilized, add caustic to this end

6) Drained washing liquid, low pressure RORinse water production ~ 10 minutes, until the water reaches
a neutral; RO cleaning completion point.

Description: alkali and surfactant was added primarily for cleaning organic fouling, contamination collo
id mucosa caused by various bacteria.

41
2 × 350MWChemical unit

d) After the cleaning is completed and put into operation

1) Substandard product water discharge valve is opened, the low-pressure flushing 10 ~ 15min;

2) Start the high pressure pump, the flow rate gradually increased to the design value, observe and rec
ord the operating parameters;

3) The parameters normally open valve production, water production failed closed discharge valve, the n
ormal operation.

e) Points cleaning process

1) To check the correct medication and reliable, can not buy the wrong drugs; various

drugs to be placed separately and mark when dosing the scene, so as not to add the

wrong medicineAgent;

2) To drugs into only after the system was uniformly stirred tank, stirred using the pump circulates th
e washing water with stirring;

3) Liquid temperature must be strictly controlled, not to exceed the upper limit;

4) Check system tightness before drug intake, to avoid leak cleaning, to ensure accurate meter

5) Reverse osmosis product water washing process to be recovered or drained to the tank,

to be noted that the recovered product water vapor condensation heat and a hydropho

bicMake the medicine chest overflow level is too high;

6) Pickling process will generate a lot CO2,Attention must be paid to ensur

e the maintenance of the traffic CO2To bring out from the membrane

surface thoroughly wash the chemical reaction; attention kits manhole may have a lot of foam,

should be promptly separated off, otherwise the cleaning will be affected;

7) Since the first stage severe dirt, cleaning should use a high flow rate (typically to increase the s
evere pollution of the flow 1.5 Times), but in the e
arly stages can

To be noted that a large flow-opening pressure difference is difficult, gradually increases the flow
to improve flow, to avoid excessive pressure damaging the membrane element.

Description: General chemical cleaning step are as follows: press requires good preparation washing li

quid is heated to the desired temperature; slowly into the washing liquid RO

Means; returned to the washing liquid before the washing water shall be discharged from the top of the

tank system and the beginning of the 20%Cleaning solution, and the

product gas discharge system; when the washing liquid PH Change over 0.5

When units readjusted to the target value; alternative cleaning methods can be employ

ed and the soaking cycle,

About cleaning cycle 0.5-1h ,Soaking time 1-2h So

aking time maintaining proper temperature and PH value; clean product water aft

42
2 × 350MWChemical unit
er washed with a large flowWash to remove RODrug remaining in the syst

em and contaminants detected only neutral water rinsing operation; restarted after cleaning, the

original

10min Producing water should be discharged, usually ROQuality of water for several hours, or even days t
o stabilize.
2.7 Ion exchange portion

2.7.1 Water quality standards and project supervision

Watery name project unit Control sta Expectations Remark


ndards
Sun bed exit Na + μ g / L
≤ 100
DD μ s / cm ≤2 (tenta Online
tive)
Anion bed exi YD μ mol / L ~ 0
t
PH 7 ± 0.5

43
2 × 350MWChemical unit

SiO2 μ g / L ≤ 100

Na + μ g / L ≤ 100

DD μ s / cm ≤0.20 ≤ 0.1 Online


5
YD μ mol / L ~ 0

Mixed bed exit PH 7 ± 0.5

SiO2 μ g / L ≤ 20 ≤ 10 Online
+
Na μ g / L ≤ 5

DD μ s / cm ≤0.20 ≤ 0.1 Online


5
YD μ mol / L ~ 0

Desalting water PH 7 ± 0.5 Onli


pipe ne
SiO2 μ g / L ≤ 20 ≤ 10
Onli
ne

Na + μ g/L ≤ 5
2.7.2 System configuration a
nd all device function
s

Including desalination system 2 cation bed, anion bed 2, two mi

xed bed, 1 Cation resin storage tank station, 1 Anion resin storage tank st

ation, Acid storage tank 2, 2 A base station storage tank, 2 compressed air storage tank, a

cid regeneration switch line monitoring and instrumentation equipment and other equipment

2.7.3 Works sun beds


3+3+2+2+
contain Fe,Al , Ca, Mg, Na cations such as water through the cationic resin layer, various
cations in the water are cation
+
Exchange resin adsorption, while the mass of the resin was moderate H is displaced, the w

ater is acidic. With the extension of the operating time, the cation exchange capacity of the resin is de

creased, after the water quality control criterion is set, that is failure. At this point, based on ion excha

nge reaction

This feature should be reversible, bottom-hydrochloric acid solution to a concentration of the resin
layer, to resume cation bed working capacity.

The process as expre


ssed in the reaction:
+ +
HR + M MR + H working process
+ +
MR + H M + HR Regeneration process

Where:

44
2 × 350MWChemical unit
HR,MR: Representative catio

n +exchange resin M: represen

ts +a cation in water

H: represents a hydrogen ion in water

2.7.4 The working principle of the anion bed


2-----
An acidic water after the cation bed process, containing mainly SO4 , N O 3 , C l, HSiO3 , H C O 3 Ani
ons. When the acidic water through a strong base

When the anion exchange resin layer, various anionic water adsorbed by the resin,- while the resin wa
s medium quality OHThey are displaced,
and

45
2 × 350MWChemical unit

+
H water combine to form water. With the extension of the operating time, the anion ex

change resin capacity decreased gradually, after the water quality control criterion

is set, that is failure. In this case, according to the ion exchange reaction is reve

rsible this characteristic, a certain concentration of sodium hydroxide solution from

bottom to top through the resin layer, to return to work the female bed.

The process as expre


ssed in the reaction: 2
ROH + HARA + HO working process

RA + OH - ROH + A -
Regeneration process
Where:

ROH, RA: Represents an anion exchange resin

HA: Representative acidic compounds in water


-
OH: Representative hydroxide ions in water

2.7.5 Mixed bed works

It is a mixed bed anion and cation exchange resin and inert resin by mixing uniformly. When the resi
n layer is prepared by mixing ion exchange water,
-

Anion and cation exchange reaction is carried out su + And OH And combining the generated water, th
bstantially simultaneously, generating a mass of oth e reaction has not
er objects H

Reversibility, improve water quality. With the extension of the operating time, anio

n and cation exchange capacity of the resin is gradually decreased after the water q

uality control criterion is set, that is failure. After the mixed bed fails, firstly

the density of anion and cation exchange resin is poor, which is layered, then a cer

tain concentration of hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide, respectively, by anion

and cation exchange resin layer, to resume its switching function, then the anion an

d cation exchange resin mixed again, to return to work in the mixed


2
bed.

The process as expre


ssed in the reaction:
RH + ROH + M + + A - = RM + RA + HO

Where:

RH: Representative cation exchange resin

ROH: represents an anion

exchange resin M +: rep

resents a cation in wat


-

er

A: represents an anion water

46
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2.7.6 Desalination system equipment specifications

2.7.6.1 In addition to carbon system

Φ 1000mm
1 In addit statio 3 Beij Tianyuan Su Rubber
ion to c n ing nny lined
arbon steel
H = 1600mm
2 In
In addition
addit to carbon pump
N = 5.5KW Q = 100m3/ h
statio Beij station
Fans Plant 2 Shenyang
Pump Stone S30408

47
2 × 350MWChemical unit

H = 50m Or the equ


N = 22K ivalent

W of the
power p
lant Pu
mp Fact
ory
Q = 20m
3
/h Shenyang P
3 Heating netw H = 50m station 2 ump Factor S30408
ork pumps
N = 11KW y pump pet
rochemical
2.7.6.2 Ion exchange dem
plant or e
ineralization sy
stem quivalent

Φ2200mm
Countercurrent reg
eneration of the c HR= 1800mm station 2 Beijin Tianyuan S Rubber
ation exchange g unny lined
1 steel
Device
Q = 80 ~ 100m
3
/h

Φ2200mm H
Countercurrent reg
eneration of anion R = 2500mm station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber li
exchange ned steel
2 Q = 80 ~ 100m /3h
Device

1600mm
3
3 Mixed bed Q = 80 ~ 100m / h stat 2 Beij Tianyuan S Rubber l
ion ing unny ined ste
el
HR= 500 / 1000m
m
Φ2200mm H
5 Cation res station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber li
in tank R = 1800mm ned steel
Φ2200mm H

6 Anion tank R = 2500mm station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber li


ned steel
V = 0.5m3
7 Acid buf station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined st
fer tank Φ1000mm eel
Q = 15m
3
/h Southern or equival

8 Unload H = 20m station 1 fluoropl ent


ing ac
N = 2.2KW astic pu
id pum
p mp plant

48
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Fluorine plastic

9 Acid sto V = 10m


3

rage tan station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber lined st


k Φ2000mm eel

10 Acid metering tank


(bed male) V = 1.5m3
station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber li
Φ1200mm ned steel

11 Acid metering tank


(mixed bed) V = 0.5m3
station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny rubber li
Φ760mm ned steel
12 Acid injector (male bed) BPS-2200 station 1 Beijing FRP

49
2 × 350MWChemical unit

13 Acid injector (mixed b BPS-1600 stati 1 Beij FRP


ed) on ing
V = 0.5m 3

14 Base Buffer tank stati 1 Beij Tianyuan Su Carbon


Φ1000mm on ing nny steel
Q = 15m
3
/h Southern

15 Alkali H = 20m station 1 fluoropl Fluorine pl


pump discharge astic
N = 2.2KW astic pu
mp plant
or equiv
alent
A base storage tan V = 10m
3

k (electric heatin station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny carbon st


g Φ2000mm eel
16
Device)
3
V = 1.5m
17 Alkali metering bo station 1 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny carbon st
x (female bed) Φ1200mm eel
V = 0.5m 3
18 Base metering tank stati 1 Beij Tianyuan S Carbon s
(mixed bed) on ing unny teel
Φ760mm

19 Alkali injector (f BPS-2200 stati 1 Beij FRP


emale bed) on ing
20 Injector base (mix BPS-1600 stati 1 Beij FRP
ed bed) on ing Shenyang
Q = 25m /3h
Pump Fac
twenty H = 32m 1 S31608
Yang bed regenerati stat tory pum
two on dedicated pump ion
N = 5.5K p petroc
hemical
plant or
equivale
nt
Shenyang
Q = 25m3 / h
Pump Fac
S31608
twenty Female bed regenera H = 32m stat 1 tory pum
three tion dedicated pump ion
p petroc
N = 5.5K
hemical
plant or
equivale
nt
N=3 ist De
Q = 12.5m / h
3
KW vice

twenty four Mixed bed rege H = 32m station 1


neration dedicated pump Ass

50
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Shenyang Pump Factory pum equivalent
p petrochemical plant or S31608

Q = 100m / Jingjian
S31603,
1 Waste water h H = 0.5
3
station 4 Jian g long t
delivery pum gsu Province Self-primin
MPa N = 3 ime of t g pump
p
he water
7KW
pump fac S31608
Q = 40 ~ 100 station 2
2 Demineralized wa m3 / h tory or
ter pump (invert
er) equivale
H = 50m
nt

Shenyang
Pump pet
rochemic
al plant

51
2 × 350MWChemical unit

N = 22KW Pump Factory or the same


Etc. Shenyang Pump

3
Q = 200m / h
Petrochemical plant
3 Start demineralized waterH pump
= 0.5MPa station 1 S31608
Pump Factory or the same
N = 45KW
Wait
3
4 V = 10m
Compressed air storage tank station 2 Beijing Tianyuan Sunny Q345R

2.7.6.3Class tank

name Number ofEffective


units volume
Dimensions Working pressure
Operating temperature
InternalCorrosion
media requirements
diameter Carbon steel box body,
15000mm The inner wall of the spray polyurea internal floating
3
2
Demineralized water 2500m
tank Atmospheric Room
pressure
temperature
Mixed bed water

3 Pretreatment out
Raw water tank2 150m Diameter 6480mm Atmospheric Room
pressure
temperature
A reverse osmosis water ultrafiltration
water
3
Water tank 2 150m Diameter 6480mm Atmospheric Room
pressure
temperature

3
In addition to 3carbon tank
20m Atmospheric Room
pressure
temperature

2.7.7 Running the operating desalination equipment

2.7.7.1 Check before the device starts

a) Switch in the standby state.

b) Manually exchanger inlet door, the door manually draining the washing, the resin trap exit door is o
pened manually.

c) Table exchanger water production supervision sampling door is opened manually, the online backup ins
trument.

d) Decarbonization tank at a high level , Carbon removal opening spare pump, the entrance door.

e) In situ electromagnetic control box programmed position.

f) Compressed air tank pressure0.4mpa above.

g) Laboratory instruments, medicines, should be equipped with full instrumentation.

2.7.7.2 Manual desalination equipment put into operation

a) Sun beds and put into operation

1) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the icon to step seq

uence cation bed, open step sequence table, click on the "Auto / Manu

al "selector switch in the manual position.

2) Water Filling: open air door cation bed, cation bed water inlet valve open, in addition to carbon st
art the pump until the air overflow gate.

52
2 × 350MWChemical unit
3) Washing: In the washing drainage opening doors, instrument door, the door closes the air, water, sod
ium ion content is less than the outlet assay 100μg / L Time.

53
2 × 350MWChemical unit

4) Run: Mizar bed exit doors, turn off the washing drainage doors, sun beds and put into operation.

b) Anion bed put into operation

1) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the icon to step seq

uence bed anion bed, the table is opened step sequence, click on the "Auto /M

anual "selector switch in the manual position.

2) Water Filling: open air door anion bed, anion bed water inlet valve open, until the air overflow gat
e.

3) Washing: In the washing drainage opening doors, instrument door, the door closes the air, water cond
uctivity is below the outlet assay 5μ s / cm when.

4) Run: On anion bed ,, exit doors closed doors the washing drainage, shade beds put into operation.

c) Mixed bed into operation

1) Selection switch solenoid valve box screwed "programmed" position, click on the icon sequence mi

xed bed step, open the sequence tables step, click on the "Auto / Manu

al "selector switch in the manual position.

2) Water Filling: door open air mixed bed, mixed bed water inlet valve open, until the air overflow gat
e.

3) Washing: In the washing drainage opening doors, instrument door, the door closes the air, water cond
uctivity is below the outlet assay 0.2 μs / cm when.

4) Run: mixed bed exit doors open, turn off the washing drainage doors, shade beds put into operation.

2.7.7.3 Manual desalination equipment outage

a) Stop yin and yang bed

1) In addition to the carbon pump stops running, turn off the sun bed pneumatic entrance doors, pneumat
ic exit door.

2) Close anion bed exit door pneumatic, pneumatic entrance door.

3) Guide stop running meter, sodium table, silicon sheet, turned off meter, sodium table, Silica entran
ce door.

4) Door open air relief 5s,Close air door.

b) Stop mixed bed

1) Close mixed bed air inlet door, the door air outlet.

2) Close mixed bed resin trap outlet door.

3) Stop online conductivity meter, the operation of Silica, closed conductance meters, Silica entrance
door.

4) Door open air relief 5s,Close air door.

2.7.7.4 Run supervision desalination equipment

a) Every two hours to run a mobile inspection equipment, pay attention to check the oper

ation of each pump, yin, yang run flow, mixed bedAnd a control air pressure. each
54
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2 hours recording time items listed in statement.

b) Sodium cation bed effluent anion bed effluent silicate mixed bed when the electric conductivity exce
eded, is the failure of the unit.

c) Note instructions online instrument. When the switch is running abnormal or near failure, should str
engthen supervision and inspection, analysis times increase

55
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Number, to prevent failure of the depth of the resin.

d) Operation should strictly implement the provisions of operation procedures, regular work systems and other abn
After processing and timely reporting to the persons concerned, and make detailed records.

e) Control standards

Yang bed Anion bed Mixed bed

Na <100μg / L DD≤ 5μ s / cm DD≤ 0.2 μ s / cm

- SiO2≤ 100μ g / L SiO2≤ 20μ g / L

2.7.8 Reproducing apparatus desalination

2.7.8.1 Preparation before regeneration

a) Demineralized water tank has sufficient demineralized water, check the standby pump is good.

b) Desalination flow regulating device for operation, pressure to ensure that all the v

alves of water desalination apparatus checks the operation of the system associated

with the acid,It is turned off.

c) Intact compressed air tank, pressure 0. 4MPa above.

d) Acids, bases metering tank, acids, bases, ejector good backup and reproducing system, an acid, there
is sufficient acid, the alkali lye tank.

e) Acid, alkali concentration meter in good standby state.

f) And in the pond fluid at a low level.

g) Each check valve system is flexible and easy regeneration.

h) Exchanger outlet once the door to online instrument should be closed.

i) Acid manual injector inlet door is in a closed state.

j) Backwashing inlet manual door opening

2.7.8.2 Yang bed regeneration operation manual

a) Small backwash

1) Open appropriate backwash effluent exchanger door.

2) Slow backwash open small entrance door.

3) Small whole exchangers backwash inlet door and door backwash effluent flow to the backwashing 5

0- 70T / h (Tentatively, the resin does not run in principle), with

The pressure of the retainer 0.04 -0.1Mpa.

4) Drainage to be clear and transparent, without crushing the resin, closing the entrance door and smal
l backwashing the backwash drainage gate.

5) After the resin sediment, then the next step.

b) Large backwash
56
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1) Open appropriate backwash effluent exchanger door slowly open the access door backwashing.

57
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2) After the resin layer to be pressed loose, slowly open the access door backwashing.

3) After the resin layer of loose, closed backwashing inlet door.

4) Adjusting backwash inlet door to door and backwash effluent flow required, generally a large ba

ckwashing flow is 60- 80T / h (tentatively, the

resin does not run in principle).

Note: Each tentative 5 regeneration cycles a large back wash.

c) still

1) Drainage to be clear and transparent, without crushing the resin, closing the entrance door and the
large backwashing the backwash drainage gate.

2) After the resin layer to be completely settle for about 600s (adjustable) then the next step.

d) Sedimentation drainage

Open door intermediate cation bed drain, emptying valve, the discharge gate to turn on the water unt
il no water, drained off valve.

e) Into acid

1) Acid cation bed inlet opening doors, starting the regeneration pump, water inlet of the injector to
manually open , Pneumatic door, the door manually adjuste
d, the control flow 10-

20 t / h.

2) When the water injector stable, open acid cation bed pneumatic metering tank exit door, the door

manually, the acid concentration adjustment into the door manually 3.0%. Ob

serve metering tank fill level,(Tentatively into the acid-bit 100cm).

3) Acid into the process, the bed should continue to monitor the water level not higher

than the male along the monitoring well and is sampled at the sampler male bed regen

eration assay concentratedAnd a discharge outlet of waste discharge the spent acid a

ssay sample concentration (Or acidity).

4) Regeneration process should be used a low flow rate into the regeneration fluid, into the acid

in not less than a predetermined amount of the acid used 50 minutes to ensure th

at the contact time with the resin regeneration solution.

5) Normal concentration during regeneration 31%Hydrochloric acid into the acid height 100cm. Large
acid into back wash height 150cm

6) After hydrochloric acid into the desired, closed tank outlet metering acid cation bed manually opera
ted door, pneumatic doors, stop into acid.

f) Replacement

1) To maintain the original flow 10-20t / h Water and sun beds, replacement.

2) Constantly sampling tests the concentration of waste acid cation bed or row (Acidity) When the c

58
2 × 350MWChemical unit
ation bed effluent acidity of less than 5mmol / L When the replacement

is completed. Reproducing stop the pump, close the door and the intermediate acid into the ven

t door.

g) Yang cots are washed

Yang bed inlet door opening, emptying valve, start the door in addition to carbon in

termediate drainage pumps, air door overflow, emptying valve closed, with the cation

bedOpening the door manually, the control flow in the small-flushing 50t / h Abo

ut to wash the resin layer press-I acid, 3-5 minutes.

h) Sun beds are washed

59
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1) Draining the washing door open, door closed intermediate drainage , Bed inlet with male manual door
control the washing flow, in 60t / h about.

2) 20 After minutes, the sample assay cation bed effluent quality, a sodium ion content of water < 100u
g / L, is qualified.

3) In addition to carbon stop pump operation, the access door shut cation bed, evacuati

on valve after the washing off the vent door open emptying valve, pressure relief, t

he sample door closed, i.e.,In the standby state.

2.7.8.3 Manual operation of the female bed regeneration

a) Small backwash

1) Open appropriate backwash effluent exchanger door.

2) Slow backwash open small entrance door.

3) Small whole exchangers backwash inlet door and door backwash effluent flow to the backwashing 5

0- 70T / h (Tentatively, the resin does not run in principle), with

The pressure of the retainer 0.04 -0.1Mpa.

4) Drainage to be clear and transparent, without crushing the resin, closing the entrance door and smal
l backwashing the backwash drainage gate.

5) After the resin sediment, then the next step.

b) Large backwash

1) Open appropriate backwash effluent exchanger door slowly open the access door backwashing.

2) After the resin layer to be pressed loose, slowly open the access door backwashing.

3) After the resin layer of loose, closed backwashing inlet door.

4) Adjusting backwash inlet door to door and backwash effluent flow required, generally a large ba

ckwashing flow is 60- 80T / h (tentatively, the

resin does not run in principle).

Note: Each tentative 5 regeneration cycles a large back wash.

c) still

1) Drainage to be clear and transparent, without crushing the resin, closing the entrance door and the
large backwashing the backwash drainage gate.

2) After the resin layer to be completely settle for about 600s (adjustable) then the next step.

d) Sedimentation drainage

Open door intermediate anion bed drain, emptying valve, the discharge gate to turn on the water unti
l no water, drained off valve.

e) Into the base

1) Door open base into the anion bed, the regeneration start the pump, manually opening the injector in
let water , Pneumatic door, the door manually adjuste
d, the control flow 10-
60
2 × 350MWChemical unit

20 t / h.

2) When the water injector stable, open base anion bed pneumatic metering tank exit door, the door

manually, the alkali concentration is adjusted into the door manually 3.0%. Ob

serve metering tank fill level,(Lye into the bit tentative 90cm).

61
2 × 350MWChemical unit

3) Alkali into the process, the bed should continue to monitor the water level not high

er than the female along the monitoring well and is sampled at the sampler of the fe

male bed regeneration assay concentratedDischarge of the waste outlet and waste disc

harge test at a sample concentration of alkali (Or alkalinity).

4) Regeneration process should be used a low flow rate into the regeneration fluid, in the time base in
to a base with a predetermined amount of not less than 50 minutes to ensure the recy
cled liquid

And the contact time of the resin.

5) Normal concentration during regeneration 31%Of saline, into the base height 90cm. Back wash in
to large base height 120cm

6) Saline into the desired finished, closing the metering tank base anion bed exit door manually, pneum
atically door stop into the base.

f) Replacement

1) To maintain the original flow 10-20t / h And anion bed level, replacement.

2) Continuously sampling tests anion bed or discharge the spent caustic concentration (Alkalinit

y) , When the alkalinity is less than the discharge anion bed 5mmol / L When the replacement

is completed. Reproducing stop the pump, close the door and the intermediate base into the ven

t door.

g) Yin small bed-flushing

Opening the entry gate anion bed, emptying valve, start the door in addition to carb

on intermediate drainage pumps, air door overflow, emptying valve closed, into a fem

ale bedOpening the door manually, the control flow in the small-flushing 50t / h

About to wash the resin layer more than a base pressur

e, 3-5 minutes.

h) Anion bed-flushing

1) Draining the washing door open, door closed intermediate drainage , A female bed inlet door manuall
y control the washing flow, in 60t / h about.

2) 20 Minutes later, a sampling tests anion bed effluent quality, water conductivity < 5us / cm, SiO2
<100ug / L, is qualified.

3) In addition to carbon stop pump operation, the access door shut anion bed, the washi

ng and drainage door open emptying valve, the pressure relief valve drained off, the

door closed the sampling, i.e.,In the standby state.

2.7.8.4 Mixed bed operation manual regeneration

a) Backwashing stratification

1) Open mixed bed backwash drainage door.

62
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2) Slowly open backwash mixed bed entrance door.

3) Adjusting mixed bed backwashing inlet door and the door to the desired backwash effluent (Provi
backwash flow, under normal circumstances a backwash flow 50-60T / sional
h

In principle resin is not run) While maintaining the inner pressure was 0.04 ~ 0.2Mpa.
4) An ion exchange resin to be completely loose float, drainage clear and transparent, witho
ut crushing the resin, the door closed backwashing inlet.
5) When the resin completely settle, anion and cation exchange resin laminated significantly
before the next step, or should be re backwashed
Stratified. If multiple layered no significant effect, into suitable base can be regenera
ted solution after backwashing separated.
b)
settlement
After stratification backwash, backwash water inlet valve closed, the door backwash efflu
ent, the resin settling delay 600s (tentative).

63
2 × 350MWChemical unit

c) Pre-injection

1) Intermediate mixed bed the vent door open, the door into the acid, into the door base, acid mixed be
d regeneration pneumatic injector inlet door, a pneumatic injector inlet door base.

2) Start reproduction dedicated pump, put into operation an alkali concentration meter, an alkali to ad
just the ejector inlet doors manually to the desired regeneration flow (about 10T / h).

3) Commissioning concentration of acid, an acid to adjust the ejector inlet doors manually to a desired
flow rate of regeneration (from about 10T / h).

d) Into acid-base

1) Slow opening of the injector into the acid, base door manually adjust the concentration of the acid
regeneration 3%The alkali concentration of the regenerati
on 3%. Into acid-base about time 30

minute.

2) Into the amount of acid value is reached (about 450Kg),Close acid into the acid injector do

or. When the concentration of the acid indicated to be zero, the acid concentration of ou

tage. When the feed amount of base value is reached (about 350Kg)Closing the base of t

he injector into the door base. When the alkali concentration meter indication to be zero,

the alkali concentration meter outage.

e) Replacement

1) To maintain the original flow of the mixed bed replacement, delay 1200s (adjustable).

2) Acid into the acid metering tank open the door, the door alkali base into the meteri

ng tank, the metering tank when the pH is at a high level, to close the metering aci

d into the acid tank door, alkaliMetering tank into the door base.

3) Among the drain discharge door phenolphthalein alkalinity less than 0.1mmol /L , The acidit
y of the drainage discharge door 0mmol /L Conductivity DD≤20μ s / c
m. Replacement

End.

f) Rinsing the anion resin (must have a cation bed, anion bed operation)

1) Close alkali injector inlet door, the door base into the mixed bed, mixed bed water inlet valve open,
flushing of the anion resin. Delay 1800s.

2) Reproducing stop the pump, close the ejector inlet doors


acid, mixed acid door into the bed, the mixed bed dischar
ge door.
g) Overall rinse

Mixed bed the washing drainage opening doors, doors of mi 30min Or the washing drain conducta
xed bed resin meter overall flushing, flushing nce ≤ 10μ s / cm.
h) Turn on the water

Close the water inlet valve, the vent door open backwash Within the 150-200mm range.
air drainage doors, onto the resin layer
i)

64
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Mix butter

Draining off the washing door, the door opening the compressed air inlet, an outlet manual door open
ing the compressed air storage tank, the pressure control 0.13 ~ 0.15MPa

Range. time 5 ~ 10 min.

j) Rapid subsidence

After the resin is mixed, compressed air mixed bed quickly closed the door, the wa

shing of mixed bed open the vent door, water inlet valve, a backwash drain offDoor

s, delay 300s, landing resin to be stabilized after the washing off the vent door.

65
2 × 350MWChemical unit

k) Being filled with water to wash

After air door overflow, the washing and drainage door opening, door closing the air, mixed bed

for the washing, the washing flow control 75-100 T / h , To the wash

ing water outlet mixed ion exchange silica SiO2 < 20ug / L , Conductivity D

D≤ 0.2 μ s / cm. End of the washing, the entry door closed, the washing and drainage door standby.

2.7.8.5 Renewable Notes

a) Exchanger and backwash process, the operator is prohibited to leave the scene of the metering tank i
nto the acid process, acid-base and prevents run the risk resin.

b) Backwashing, backwashing flow must be slow to small to large, in order to prevent damage to the inte
rior of the switch means.

c) Yin Yang large bed prior backwash, backwash must be small, small to large backwashin

g flow should be slow, to prevent the resin piston backwashingFormula rise, damage t

o the discharge switch means.

d) Yin Yang large backwashing bed, when the resin piston rises, the backwashing is stopped immediately
after the resin sediment loose, then continue large trans

wash.

e) During reproduction, check the presence or absence of the resin discharge drain. If the drainage dis
charge with resin regeneration operation must stop immediately.

f) When mixed bed regeneration, you should adjust the flow rate of the injector base, a

nd then open the injector inlet gate acid, an acid regeneration fluid flow rate adju

stment, In order to avoid the male top pressure without regeneration of the resin, t

he resin resulting turbostratic.

g) When reproducing, the degree of opening of the discharge door and the entrance door of the regenerat
ed solution should meet the following criteria:

1) Should a negative pressure within the injector.

2) Acid, alkali concentration of sampling points should be flowing water samples.

3) We can not have siphon (expressed as the concentration of regeneration solution and periodically cha
nges the discharge displacement) generated in the switch.

h) Mixed bed when the mixed lipid, the backwash water may enter the first, until the resin layer is loo
sened, and then into the compressed air, a pressure not greater than

0.4MPa, to avoid damage to the equipment inside the exchanger.

i) Switch the washing drainage should check whether or resin, if the resin has drained, the operation m
ust be stopped immediately.

j) Regeneration should strengthen supervision and discharge of waste water basin, to meet emission stan
dards before being discharged.

2.7.9 Washing the resin Yangyin

2.7.9.1 Cation resin washing step

66
2 × 350MWChemical unit

a) Open door cleaning tank resin inlet, an upper vent door, the door opening cation bed running water,
the washing and drainage door opening Cation resin exit gate, with

Draining the washing door opening degree adjustment sun bed pressure not greater than 0.45MP

a, Prevent the lead pipe resin pop-opens, until all of the cation resin to the wash tank, wh

ile closing outlet doors Cation resin and the resin tank washing male access door. Close sun

bed running water inlet valve , The upper male drainage tank washing off the door;

b) Opening a lower portion of the vent door male tank washing and emptying valve, the water level in th
e drainage resin 200mmSo, the vent door closed lower portion;

c) Upper vent door open, the door opening the compressed air inlet, the resin was stirred 5min, the
door off the compressed air;

67
2 × 350MWChemical unit

d) A lower water inlet valve to open, do not run to the principle resin. Cleaning, afte

r draining clarification, the upper vent door closed, the bottom of the water inlet

valve andAir door;

e) Opening the male and the resin bed portion of the vent door entry gate opening and a bottom male tan
k washing water inlet valve and the resin exit gate to be returned to complete the resin, are simult
aneously turned

Closing the male and bed resin tank washing the resin gate door, closing the bottom

of the male wash tank water inlet valve. Yang bed of the drain closed doors. After w

ashing the resin regeneration, The dose will be increased to the regeneration of the

normal amount 2 to 3 times.

2.7.9.2 Anion cleaning step

a) Opening the entry gate resin female cleaning tank, the upper vent door, open water inlet valve opera
ting anion bed, the washing and drainage door, opening the exit door of the female bed resin, with

Draining the washing door opening degree adjustment of the female bed pressure not greate

r than Of 0.45 MPa, the resin pipe to prevent collapse guide ope

ning, to be sent to all the female anion resin after washing tank, while closing the door and the female

female bed resin tank washing the resin gate. Close anion bed running water inlet valve. Wash off the

female upper tank vent door;

b) Female wash tank drain opening door and a lower door air drain. Draining the water level in the resi
n 200mmLeft, off the lower portion of the v
ent door;

c) Upper drain outlets open, the door opening the compressed air inlet, the resin was stirred 5min off c
ompressed air door;

d) A lower water inlet valve to open, do not run to the principle resin, washed, draine

d after clarification, the upper vent door closed, the bottom of the water inlet val

ve and airValves;

e) Vent door opening of the female part and the resin bed entrance door, the bottom ope

ning of the female wash tank water inlet valve and the resin exit gate to be returne

d to complete the resin, are simultaneously turnedClosing the female and female resi

n tank washing the resin gate door, closing the bottom of the female wash tank water

inlet valve. Draining off the female portion of the bed the door, after washing the

resin, and the regeneration dose will be increased to the normal amount2 to 3 times

2.7.10 Acid, base delivery

2.7.10.1 After receiving into acid, alkali into tankers notification, do unloading acid, alkali unloadi
ng preparations;

2.7.10.2 Unloading acid, alkali unloading process, always check the level of the jar to p
68
2 × 350MWChemical unit
revent "run acid, alkali run" accident, the recording unloading unloading acid baseTime an

d level;

2.7.10.3 Promptly sucked into unloading acid fan, blower, an acid absorber;

2.7.10.4 When the concentrated acid splashed in the eyes or on skin, quickly rinsed with plenty of wa

ter, then 0.5%Sodium bicarbonate solution wash. When the skin on the back of a strong base splashed i

n the eyes, you should rinse immediately with plenty of water, and then 2%The eye wash or a dilute ac

id solution with 1%Wash skin acetate. After the emergency

treatment, should be immediately sent to emergency medical practice, when the concentrated acid spille

d on clothing, should be washed with water then dried 2% Dilute lye, and then final

ly washed with water.

69
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter III chemical vapor heating equipment and systems oversigh


t procedures
1 Vapor system oversight

1.1 Work content soft drinks sampling supervision

1.1.1 Analysis of the production processes thermodynamic system monitoring water quality i

ndex (specifically including closed cooling water, low pressure heaters, condensate pump o

utlet deaerator inlet, outlet of the deaerator, economizer inlet, the superheated steam (l

eft, right ), the holding tank outlet separator reheater steam

(Left, right), the cold water inside the generator, condenser water supplement, etc.).

1.1.2 Conduct feedwater and condensate adjustment of dosing, the dosage and quality soda maintained with
in acceptable ranges.

1.1.3 Online adjust chemical instruments, inspection, commissioning and stop.

1.1.4 To ensure the accuracy of laboratory supervision, abnormal, should be analyzed to iden

tify the reasons, and in close coordination and relevant professional, waterSteam quality ad

justment control within the acceptable range.

1.2 Soft drinks sampling point and with instruments

Sampling point configuration parameters meter


No. Project sampling point Remark
Put pressure MPa Temperature ℃ CC SC pH O2 pNaSiO 2
M

Deaerator inle 3.9 160


t
1 Wate
Oxygen outlet 1.15 180
r Su
Boiler Fac
pply
Economizer inl 31.0 268.1 tory Se
et ttingsS
Left main stea ampling
m 24.2 566
Right main ste head
am
Boiler Fac
Superheated ste 3.384 566
am inlet tory Se
ttingsS
ampling
head

2 stea Right superheated st


m eam outlet
side
side 4.60566

70
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Fa ory Set s ead
Boiler
ct ampling h

High pressure heater 2.6190


3 Hydr
opho Low pressure heater 0.0339
bic
Generator cooling water 0.645

(Maximum) cooling
cool
down water sampling device
4 0.3238 highest)
wa / Closed cooling water
te
r

71
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Parameter sampling point Configuring the Instrument


No. project Sampling point Remark
pressure MPaTemperature ℃CC SC pH O2pNaSiO2M

Hot
Boiler Factory Settings
5 29.2
Start drainage cleaning separator 332
Sampling head
water

Condensate pump outlet


Coagulation
6 4.5
(Polishing imports mother 30 to 55 √√ √√
water
tube)

Note 1: Table

CC With hydrogen ion conductivity exchange column;

SC Specific conductivity;

pH pH meter;

pNa Sodium meter;

O2 Dissolved oxygen meter;

SiO2 A Silica

M- manual sampling point

Note 2: Each sample flow monitoring project for 500 ~ 700ml / min, or in ac
cordance with the instrument manufacturer requirements.
1.3 Basic requirements for sampling soft drinks

1.3.1 Ensure that the sample flow 500- 700ml / min When the water sample re
mains in the sample temperature 25 ± 5 ℃.

1.3.2 Sampler should be regular maintenance and removal of scale not less per flush 1Minutes,

more than half of the unit stop restart standby, rinse for at least 10 minutes, when the unit ov

erhaul inspection is scheduled to be relevant sampler and valve.

1.3.3 All gas, water samples must be representative of the true quality of soft drinks, the

environment is important to note the time of sampling, the sampling equipment to prevent pos

sible contaminationInvasion of dirt such as dust sample dyed soda.

1.3.4 When the steam and water test results are abnormal, it must re-sampling was conducted

immediately after the experiment to confirm the correct drugs, reporting jointly to find the

original squadDue, and make a record.

1.3.5 All bottles of the soft drink sample integrity must always be kept clean, can not be u

sed indiscriminately, soft drinks should indicate the name, use the rinse water sample bottl

e samplingMore than three times.

72
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1.3.6 Water sampling device infrequently, the system must be rinsed before sampling.

1.3.7 When the dissolved sample, must maintain a tight water seal, to prevent leakage and high water tem
perature, the flow rate is too fast.
1.4 Soda running operation of the sampling device

73
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.4.1 Check before operation

1.4.1.1 All sample holder temperature valve is closed, the current limiting regulator manual sampling va
lve disc is at a maximum opening degree.

1.4.1.2 Open the cooling water inlet main pipe valve, the cooling apparatus and put into o

peration the sampling inspection normal operation, cooling water pressure, flow, temperatu

reWithin the desired range, a cooling water inlet pressure should be greater than main pip

e 0.2MPa.

1.4.1.3 Hydrogen ion exchange column in the standby state, the complete instrument used drugs.

1.4.1.4 Overall constant temperature water tank cooling water inlet gate, the inlet solenoid valve has o
pened, a sufficient amount of cooling water, the normal level.

1.4.1.5 Each line instrumentation calibrated, non-defective test alarm device, the normal power supply.

1.4.1.6 Thermostat normal water level, power is turned on, the temperature control loop to respond after
inspection device is put into a thermostat.

1.4.2 Ready to put into operation

1.4.2.1 After receiving the start notification unit, centralized control will notify each

sampler furnace side of a door is opened, the chemical turns on the sampling siteSecondary

door.

1.4.2.2 Each drain valve opens sampling lines, one by each sampling line open a sample temperature, a s
econdary gate (fully opened), the sewage, sewage

Time should be less than 10min, sewage adjustment process should be strengthened to prevent vaporization of t
he sampler and vibration. Sewage end, close the drain door.

1.4.3 Put into operation

1.4.3.1 At a sampling flow rate of cooling water, normal pressure, where the end of the sampler rinse, p
ut into operation before the sampling device.

1.4.3.2 Manual sampling valve opening, manually adjust the sample water flow 500- 700ml / min. I

n the low unit load, like water or less large fluctuations, the manual sampling can only guarantee the required f

low, mainly in labor-based sampling was conducted in the early stages of plant operation.

1.4.3.3 Standby unit load stability, meet the requirements of the water quality, water sam

ples were observed stability of the normal, clarified, put into operation chemical instrume

nts. Put into operation thermostatDevice.

1.4.4 Start of thermostat

1.4.4.1 Open the cooling water inlet temperature of the total gate means, constant tempera

ture water tank inlet manual door, close the thermostat power switch, the power switch cont

rolOff, the control power indicator light;

1.4.4.2 Preconditioning the temperature controller, alarm limit value, the upper limit of: 26 ℃, low
er limit: 24 ℃; Backlash: 0.5 ℃
74
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1.4.4.3 Press apparatus the start button, a start button indicator light means;

1.4.4.4 Changing the temperature controller alarm limit value, if the water temperature is

lower than the upper limit temperature, the indicator should refrigeration, heating light o

ff tuneHigh temperature limit higher than the water temperature, cooling the lights off; t

he end of the recovery test set value.

1.4.4.5 Alarm temperature controller to change the lower limit value, if the water tempera

ture at a temperature higher than the limit value, the cooling is stopped, lights off, heat

ing operation, meansIndicator lights, the water temperature is lower than the lower limit

temperature, the electric heating is stopped, lights off; the end of the recovery test set

value.

1.4.4.6 Control loop end of the trial, according to 1.4.4.2 Good tune alarm limit value temperature con
troller; return difference.

75
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.4.4.7 Means the start button is pressed, the thermostat into the automatic operation.

1.4.5 Run supervision and Handling Precautions

1.4.5.1 When on duty should always monitor the quality of water vapor, and found that exce

ssive data, after confirming data accuracy, reporting squad immediately, And fill in the va

lues served notice abnormal moisture. Regular inspection tour should be: operation of the

various samples of water flow, temperature, cooling water flow, a thermostat, and each tab

le indicates the online operation of a hydrogen ion-exchange column, line Silica, Sodium T

able agent is sufficient.

1.4.5.2 Sample temperature must be a door in the fully open or fully closed state, prohibit used as the
throttle. A cooler for cooling water ball must

Fully open. Pressure filter handwheel in a horizontal "run" state during normal operation.

1.4.5.3 Each sampler rinse temperature 3 Days. Before rinsing first open th

e drain valve, 1 Minutes later, counterclockwise Rotary pressure filter 90 ℃Handwheel, i

n a vertical "kickback" state, the time 15 seconds. After completion of the hand

wheel is in a horizontal "run" state, close the drain valve.

1.4.5.4 During operation in non-direct sampler touch the soft drink sample line, operating personnel at
the time of opening the valve, the valve should stand

The side door, to prevent leakage wounding.

1.4.5.5 In any case not to shutdown the cooler cooling water entrance door. In case of int

erruption operation of the cooling water, should be closed immediately to take temperatureL

ike a door, a secondary door, water samples can not be cut off, immediately notify the val

ue of the long closed door sampling site.

1.4.5.6 Adjusting the pressure relief valve, the pressure in the water sample 0.25MPa to 0.38

MPa between. The number of samples per channel with a water meter, the total flow rate of the water sampl

es meet the requirements.

Water sample flow table

Instrument name Flow

Conductivity meter 100 ~ 200mL / min

PHtable 100 ~ 200mL / min

Table oxygen 80 ~ 100mL / min

Sodium table 4L / h

Silica flooding phenomenon was observed due overflow cup (ensure that the instrument wi
thout breaking the like)

1.4.5.7 Online meter run and found abnormal ion exchange column failure, the instrument sh

76
2 × 350MWChemical unit
all promptly notify the maintenance staff to handle, and water vapor Daily ReportAbnormal r

ecording data and disposal.

1.4.5.8 When the temperature of the sample water exceeds the set temperature controller, electromagnetic
instantaneous trip protection valve will automatically close, constant pressure relief valve sta
rts. You should stand

That closed the front door once the instrument sampling, water samples to identify the cause and resolve
the over-temperature, should be manually tested, put into operation prohibit online form.

1.4.6 Outage

1.4.6.1 Only in the case of unit outage or sampling device failure can not continue safe

operation, the sampling device can stop runningRow.

1.4.6.2 When the outage, the door opened high temperature sewage sampling, try emptying the water in the
pipeline, shut the door online sampling instrument, instrumentation and constant online outage

77
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Temperature device operation.

1.4.6.3 Manual sampling point is held fully opened state.

1.4.6.4 Outage longer than 7 days, to drain the cooling water temperature thermostat tank.
Standard monitoring quality of water during normal operation of the unit 1.5

Standard monitoring quality of water during normal operation of the unit


standard Expectati
value ons
Quality Standard Remarks
Test Dissolved
items Unito μ g / L ≤ 7 -
xygen
iron μ g / L ≤ 5 ≤ 3

sodium μ g / L ≤ 3 ≤ 2
Water Supply
9.2 - 9.6 -
(Economizer into PH ( 25
℃)
mouth) μ g / L ≤ 200 ≤ 200
TOC

Silica μ g / L ≤ 10 ≤ 5

Hydrogen Co 25 ℃) μ s / cm ≤0.15 ≤ 0.10


nductivity
(
copper μ g / L ≤ 2 ≤ 1

sodium μ g / kg ≤ 3 ≤ 2

Silica μ g / kg ≤ 10 ≤ 5

steam Hydrogen Co 25 ℃) μ S / cm ≤0.15 ≤ 0.10


nductivity
(
iron μ g / kg ≤ 5 ≤ 3

copper μ g / kg ≤ 2 ≤ 1

Dissolved o μ g / L ≤ 20 -
xygen
Conden Hydrogen Co 25 ℃) μ s / cm ≤0.20 ≤ 0.15
sate nductivity
(
water sodium μ g / L ≤ 5 ≤ 5
Hydrogen Co 25 ℃) μ mol / L ≤0.15 ≤ 0.1
nductivity 0
(
Silica μ g / kg ≤ 10 ≤ 5
After polishing coagulation μ g ≤ 3 ≤ 1
sodium / L
copper μ g ≤ 2 ≤ 1
/ L

78
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Quality Standard Remark


Test items unit
standard valu Expectati
e ons
Silica μ g / L ≤ 10 -
Demineralized water tank inlet conductanceRate (25 ℃)
Demineralized water tank
μ soutlet
/ cm conductanceRate
≤0.15(25 ℃) ≤ 0.1
Boiler feed water
iron

μ s / cm ≤0.40 -

μ g / L ≤ 50 -
Hydrophobic
hardness umol / L ≤ 2.5 ≈ 0
Conductivity (25 ℃)
μ s / cm ≤ 20 -
Closed cold water
pH ( 25 ℃) 8.0 - 9.2 -

2 Thermal equipment chemical monitoring systems

2.1 DC boiler water chemistry conditions Overview

2.1.1 AVT Water chemistry conditions

2.1.1.1 AVT Is performed along with the water of the thermal oxygen to ammonia to water an

d hydrazine was added to maintain a basic oxygen water condition, fromAnd water vapor syste

m to inhibit corrosion of a metal object. Ammonia, hydrazine dosing point located in the w

ater tank under oxygen.

2.1.1.2 Ammonia water supply purposes, and the water is free CO2,Improve water supply PHValue, to p
revent corrosion of water supply for the thermal system.

2.1.1.3 Feedwater hydrazine object is to remove residual dissolved oxygen to the water, to prevent corro
sion of the thermal system.

2.1.2 CWT water chemistry conditions

2.1.2.1 Combined water treatment ( CWT) Is an advanced technology currently implemented internationa
lly, it is different from the usual all-volatile treatment

(The AVT), under the premise of ensure the feed water quality, adding a certain amount of oxygen in alka
line water, the surface of the metal oxide is in the thermodynamic system

Atmosphere to form a dense bilayer Fe2O3 / Fe3O4 protective film, to achieve the purpose of slowin

g metal corrosion thermodynamic system. Oxygenase parts: one in condensate treatment apparatus cond

ensate outlet pipes, water pipes in the other deaerator outlet.

2.1.2.2 CWT Water conditions, in addition to PHOutside the control range of va


lues, average dosing of ammonia and AVT(Without N2H4) the same water
condition.
2.2 Chemical dosing treatment principle

2.2.1 Ammonia treatment

Ammonia feed water deaerator portion is provided on the drop tube, the condensed water dosing point
located in a mixed bed polisher water pipe.

79
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Ammonia purpose is to free the water and CO2Improve water supply PH value, to prevent a

cid corrosion of the thermal system. Water-soluble alkaline with ammonia: NH3 + H2O → NH4OH, To

remove the water and CO2Prevent CO2 corrosion. Reaction is as follows:

NH4H2 O+H2 CO3 → NH 4HCO3+ H2O

NH3H2 O+NH4HCO3→ (NH4) 2CO3+

H2 O

80
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.2.2 N2H4 processing

Hydrazine dosing point provided on the upper downcomer deaerator, condensate dosing

point located in a mixed bed polisher water pipe. UNIT start-up and shutdown protect

ion, the system has a temporary dosing point.

Also known as hydrazine hydrazine at room temperature is a colorless liquid, the water can be c

ombined into a stable hydrazine hydrate ( N2H4· H2O). Hydraz

ine volatile, flammable, explosive, and there are some toxicity. Hydrazine is a reducing agent,

especially in an alkaline environment, but also has a strong

Reducing agent, the reduction may be dissolved in water, and the product of the reaction without any
harm to the operation of the thermodynamic system. At temperatures> 200 ℃of

Water, the reducing hydrazine, dissolved oxygen can be prevented from corrosion

of water supply system, and prevent the pot iron and copper scale.Hydrazine can

be CuOAnd Fe2O3 They were reduced to Cu and Fe. Reaction is as follows:

N2H4 + O2 → N2 + 2H2O N2H4 + 4C

uO → 2Cu 2O ++ N2 + 2H2O N2H4

+ 4CuO → 4Cu + N2 + 2H2O

N2H4+ 6Fe2O3 → 4Fe 3O4+ N2+ 2H2ON

2 H4+ 2Fe3O4 → 6Fe0 + N2 + 2H2O N2

H4+ 2FeO → 2Fe + N2 + 2H2O

2.2.3 Oxygenated Treatment

The system is provided with two oxygen addition point, a fine processing device in the main pipe out
let, a further decrease in the deaerator tube.

Oxygenated purpose is to generate iron oxide protective film, and to provide the req

uired redox potential, ferric oxide deposited on a porous surface and a bore, specia

l passivation film formed dense and smooth, play thermal system inhibition of metal

corrosion.
3 Soda dosing device parameters

3.1 Ammonia device performance parameters

Quantity 1

Single vol 1.5


ume
Level Mete High and low level alarm, low-low l
r evel pump stops
Solution t material stainless steel
ank
Power Mixe 1.1KW
81
2 × 350MWChemical unit
r
Mixers Run unidirectional

Mixer spee 170


d
8
Ammonia me Quantity (Condensate Polishing 3
tering pum Taiwan, deaerator drop tube 3
ps

Taiwan, closed cycle water pump


2)

82
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Polishing: 90L / h

flow Deaerator downcomer: 52 L / h

Closed cycle water pump : 52 L / h

Polishing: 6.0MPa
pressur Deaerator downcomer: 2.48 MPa
e
Closed cycle water pump : 2.48 MPa

Polishing: 1.1KW

Single p Deaerator downcomer: 0.55 KW


ower Closed cycle water pump : 0.55 KW

American manufacturers Pasifeida

3.2 Performance parameters N2H4 device

Quantity 1

Single volume 1.5

Level gauge high and low level alarm, low-low level pump stops

Soluti
on tan Material Stainless Steel
k
Power Mixer 1.1KW

Run one-way mixer

Mixer speed 170

2
Quantity
(Deaerator downcomer)

flow 52 L / h
N2H4 meterin
g pump pressure 2.48 MPa

Single power deaerator drop tube: 0.55 KW

American manufacturers Pasifeida

Quantity 1

flow 25
Hydrazine p
umping pump pressure 0.07

Motor Power 0.55

4 Water circulating dosing device parameters

Soluti
on tan
k Quantity 2

Single volume 1.5

83
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Level Me High and low level alarm, lo


ter w-low level pump stops

Quantity 2
flow 40L / h
N2H4 metering pump
pressure 1.6 MPa

factory US Pasifeida

Quantity 1

flow 25L / mi
Hydrazine pumping pump n
pressure
0.07
Motor Po 0.55
wer
5 running operation chemical do
sing apparatus
5.1 ammonia liquid preparation

5.1.1 When ammonia metering tank is in the low-low level, to open the water inlet valve, a liquid level
set point control;

5.1.2 Close to the ammonia metering tank water inlet valve ammonia metering tank when the liquid level t
o the control point;

5.1.3 Open pump, plus the high level of ammonia stopped ;;

5.1.4 Start mixer for mixing until uniform.


5.2 Hydrazine liquid preparation

5.2.1 Determining hydrazine tank has sufficientN2H4;If it is not enough to start the transfer pump hydra
zine hydrazine tank high level.

5.2.2 Hydrazine metering tank when the liquid level in the low-low, open the water inlet valve, a liquid
level set point control;

5.2.3 Hydrazine metering tank to close the water inlet valve hydrazine metering tank when the liquid lev
el to the control point;

5.2.4 Open pump, adding hydrazine to high level stop;

5.2.5 Start mixer for mixing until uniform.


5.3 Stabilizer formulation circulating water

5.3.1 The drug solution uniformly into the tank, replenishment opening door, when closing the door to pa
y a certain amount, the control agent concentration.

5.3.2 Start the mixer, the drug fully dissolved, stop the mixer.
5.4 Preparation before dosing pump start

5.4.1 Sufficient liquid within the kits, not less than 0.3 m.

5.4.2 Pump and motor have a good starting conditions.

5.4.3 Drug pipeline flow, dosing the door is open.

5.4.4 Dosing pipe without leakage.


84
2 × 350MWChemical unit
5.5 Dosing pump start and stop operation

5.5.1 Ammonia pump start and stop

85
2 × 350MWChemical unit

5.5.1.1 Ammonia condensate pump start

a) Check ammonia metering tank bottom discharge door is in a closed state, open outlet door ammonia met
ering tank

b) Open the door ammonia metering pump import and export door once, secondary exit door.

c) Open the door contact discharge piping as necessary, add ammonia pipeline finally open the exit

doors, respectively 9High-speed mixed-

bed unit at Exit 10 of dosing.

d) Press the start button to start the ammonia pump, pump outlet pressure was observed, stroke, normal
speed.

5.5.1.2 Ammonia feed water pump start

a) Ammonia measuring box to open the exit door

b) Ammonia metering pump inlet door, exit door once The secondary door

c) Open the door outlet line contact necessary, adding ammonia to open the exit door of the pipeline, r
espectively 9,Unit 10 Deaerators Dosing

d) Press the start button to start the ammonia pump, pump outlet pressure was observed, stroke, normal
speed.

5.5.1.3 Ammonia pump stops

a) Press the button to stop the pump, the pump stops.

b) Normal spare time to pump off the entrance door, the entrance door to be closed only when the pump m
aintenance, safety measures.
5.5.2 Hydrazine pump start and stop

5.5.2.1 N2H4 condensate pump start

a) Exit door opens hydrazine solution tank

b) Open the hydrazine metering pump inlet door, exit door once, secondary exit door

c) According to need to open the door to contact the outlet pipe on the road, and finally open the

exit door of the total export of the pipeline, respectively 9,High-speed mi

xed bed exit dosing Unit 10

d) Outlet pressure press the start button to start the hydrazine pump, the pump was observed, stroke, n
ormal speed.

5.5.2.2 Hydrazine feed water pump start

a) Exit door opens hydrazine solution tank

b) Open the hydrazine metering pump inlet door, exit door once, secondary exit door

c) According to need to open the door to contact the outlet pipe on the road, and finally open the

exit door of the total export of the pipeline, respectively 9,Unit 10 of the

deaerator dosing

86
2 × 350MWChemical unit
d) Outlet pressure press the start button to start the hydrazine pump, the pump was observed, stroke, n
ormal speed.

5.5.2.3 N2H4 pump stops

a) Press the button to stop the pump, the pump stops

87
2 × 350MWChemical unit

b) Normal spare time to pump off the entrance door, the entrance door to be closed only when the pump m
aintenance, safety measures.
5.5.3 Oxygenase pump start and stop

5.5.3.1 Water was added to start coagulation oxygen system

a) When the condition of the unit meet the oxygen addition operation, the manual valve open inlet unit
condense on the water plus oxygen duct, a check valve

b) Open the buffer inlet valve, an outlet valve

c) By adjusting the opening degree of the gas cylinder valve, to add the control in a high speed within
the acceptable range of plus oxygen mixed bed outlet pipe.

5.5.3.2 Start combined water system

a) When the condition of the unit meet the oxygen addition operation, the manual valve on the inlet ope
ning combined water pipe, a check valve

b) Open the buffer inlet valve, an outlet valve

c) By adjusting the opening degree of the gas cylinder valve, control the amount of oxygen added to the
added to the deaerator pipe within the acceptable range.

5.5.3.3 Oxygenase system outage

When the water quality does not meet the criteria or stop, move to all volatile treatment

When AVT state, the control valve closes the g

as cylinder, and then sequentially close all valves on the oxygen line.
5.5.4 Circulating water pump start and stop the unstabilized

5.5.4.1 Circulating water pump start added stabilizer

a) After ready to be started, open stabilizer solution tank exit door

b) Open the stabilizer metering pump inlet door, exit door once, secondary exit door

c) Need to open the door to contact the outlet pipe under the road, and finally open the exit door of t
he total export pipeline to the circulating water system Dosing

d) Press the start button to start the stabilizer metering pump, the pump outlet pressure was observed,
stroke, normal speed.

5.5.4.2 Circulation water pump is stopped to be stabilized

a) Press the button to stop the pump, the pump stops

b) Normal spare time to pump off the entrance door, the entrance door to be closed only when the pump m
aintenance, safety measures.
5.5.5 Metering pump troubleshooting

No. phenomenon Method of exclusion

1. 3-phase power

2. Incorrect motor wiring

1 Motor overheating 3. Motor stuck

88
2 × 350MWChemical unit
4. Frequency control, motor long run
in a low-frequency environment
5. Low temperature operation, the nee
d to replace the low-temperature l
ubricants
2 No flow pump outlet 1. Motor does not turn

89
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2. No material or clogged inlet pipeline

3. Inlet and outlet check valves blocked

4. Inlet and outlet check valve is not insta


lled correctly
5. Pump exhaust is not complete

1. Turbine and worm normal running


3 Noise
2. Lubricants are not properly filling

3. Bearing wear

4. Turbine, large backlash worm

4 Pump body has an impact noise stroke conversion process to produce reverse impact, nor
mal phenomenon

1. Regulate the flow of OLi


ne wear ring
5 Regulate the flo 2. Flow regulator plunger
w unchanged breakaway bracket
3. Exhaust head is not com
plete
1. Stroke setting are not
allowed
2. Import pipeline NPSHnon-
compliant
6 Insufficient pum 3. Export pipeline safety
p outlet flow valve leaks
4. Inlet and outlet check
valve wear
5. High suction

Rose oil pump bo


dy,
7 Membrane rupture
And the oil
is emulsifie
d
5.5.6 Chemical dosing Handling Precautions

5.5.6.1 Contacts drugs do work, the operator should wear protective equipment (conc Hydraz

ine toxic, volatile, combustion, a concentrated solution of hydrazine to be sealed, store

d at the non-fire hydrazine. Wearing leather gloves and goggles during operation. Drug sp

lashed into the eyes, immediately wash with water, soap can also be used to wash. hydrazi

ne operation, should be well ventilated, sufficient water).

5.5.6.2 Process dosing pump operation should be checked regularly operating conditions. A

security door or action related indicators do not, should be promptly pointsAnalysis proc

ess.

5.5.6.3 Chemical treatment should be added in a continuous manner. Unit equipment during normal operation,
not intermittent dosing.

90
2 × 350MWChemical unit
5.5.6.4 Dosing pump exit doors should be open, non-adjusted dosage with dosing pump exit door.

5.5.6.5 Dosing parameters for automatically controlling the line meter is faulty, the non-dosing into remo
te automatic control.

5.5.6.6 Winter dosing system outage or failure eliminating defects, to consider antifreeze, long-term outa
ge should contact the maintenance personnel purge the memory of water.
6 The unit starts monitoring requirements

6.1 General

6.1.1 Cold start of the system unit must be cold and hot water.

91
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.1.2 Water quality supervision to machine start-up phase of the furnace cold start to the grid 8 hour.

6.1.3 Water supply, no one boiler water chemistry means of regulation, can not be dosing process, the uni
t may not start.

6.1.4 Water supply, no one boiler water chemistry monitoring tools, like anhydrous or can not be analyzed,
the unit may not start.

6.1.5 Steam is not detected or detected failure, the turbine can not turn red.

6.1.6 Condensed water drain tank is not detected or hydrophobic unqualified, can not be recycled.

6.1.7 The boiler water must be chemically demineralized water, prohibit the use of other water hydrostati
c test water quality and water.

6.1.8 Chemical treatment drugs must be chemically pure or analytical agents, must be tested prior to dosi
ng, and meet the requirements.
6.2 Preparation before the unit starts

6.2.1 Preparation of demineralized water tank full of water, chemical treatment equipment,

condensate polisher, feedwater, condensate, and circulating water treatment system at a do

singIn the standby state intact, full dissolution liquid medicine cabinet has been prepar

ed, a sufficient amount of oxygen plus oxygen system, the device already has oxygenated o

xygenated conditions.

6.2.2 Soda-line sampling device and meter in good chemical standby state, the sample sufficient amount of
cooling water pressure is normal.

6.2.3 Good backup test equipment, test drugs adequate and complete.

6.2.4 Within laboratory standard generator cold water, otherwise qualified to be replaced immediately.

6.2.5 Notify maintenance personnel to do online instrument instrument commissioning preparations.

6.2.6 Equipment condition before the unit starts, the water quality report machine value longer, and reco
rded on duty log.
6.3 Monitoring of boiler equipment start

6.3.1 Crew began to wash Sheung Shui, it should start condensate, feed water ammonia pump, control PH B
etween 9.2 to 9.6

6.3.2 When the unit is started cold, the system must be sequentially condensed water, circ

ulation water supply system and cleaning furnace body, to ensure that the boiler ignitionW

hen the feed water quality meet the required standards.

6.3.3 When the unit is hot start, the same should be flushed until the water meets the required standards.

6.3.4 When the cooling water circulating water system in operation, the circulating water should be put d
osing system.

6.3.5 When the iron content is less than Condensate 1000ug / L When, in the notice should be r

eported value of the long form, the chemical should be set at the control value of the long i

nstructions, put into operation polishing powder resin-coated filter.

6.3.6 When the iron content is less than Condensate 400ug / L When, in the notice should be re

92
2 × 350MWChemical unit
ported value of the long form, the chemical should be set at the control value of the long in

structions, put into operation high-speed mixed-bed polisher.

6.3.7 After passing steam quality, allowing the turbine side turn red.

6.3.8 The data unit to start the process should be reported in the form of water vapor to the notice of t
he value of a long, good retention page save your work.

6.3.9 Unit during start time of each node: Rinse cold end, hot flush end, turn red recordi

ng time recorded in the monitor should shiftRecorded in detail.

6.3.10 When the boiler rinse, monitoring indicators of iron and silica approaching qualified, continuousl
y tested to avoid delays in Unit Rushes.

93
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Startup and supervision units required


Boiler pressure test

Water must be added ammonia and hydrazine chemical demineralized water.


Hydrostatic test waterPH To adjust to ammonia by10- 10.5.

6.4.1.3 After the pressure test, using the boiler water pressure flushing sampler, sewage, drainage pipe and instrum
6.4.2Cold Rinse

6.4.2.1 General

a) Rinse water must be added with condensed water and ammonia hydrazine.

b)Rinse waterPH Value 9.2 9.6.

c) Turbine Professional rinse deaerator, high pressure heater, condenser flushed out, in the case of low pressure
The iron content of the water to washFe< 200ug / L .

d)Boiler professional should wash drain Fe< 200ug


tank, the /iron
L Thecontent
boilers press "full of water on - changing the water - the

200ug / Lis, less


Line, until the iron content Then than
furnace hot flush.

e) Fe< 200ug
Chemical sampling flush discharge is colorless / L Flushing analysis
and transparent end, and of
promptly report the results of a long
iron content

f) Fe, SiO2
All flushing process should monitor boiler water, , PH .
feedwater, condensate

6.4.2.2 Rinse cycle low-pressure system (small cycles) Step

a) Central flushing process

Condenser Condensate Pump Polishing Low plus Deaerator emission

bypass

b) Circulating rinsing water quality control standards

1) Rinse water is added to ammonia PH 9.6 to 9.2 of demineralized water.

2) Export condensate pump iron < 200μ g / L to the deaerator, the discharge failure.

3) Iron deaerator water < 200μ g / L , Into the condenser or into the general circulation rinsing is d
ischarged to the drainage groove failed unit.

6.4.2.3 High-pressure system rinse cycle (a cycle) and chemical supervision

a) Rinse cycle process

94
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Polishing condenser condensate pump Low plus Deaerator


emission

bypass

Separator High plus furnace bod Feed pump


y

emission

b) Circulating rinsing water quality control standards

1) Rinse water is added to ammonia PH 9.5 to 9.2 of demineralized water.

2) Separators outlet Fe < 200μ g / L, recycled into the condenser, is discharged to the drainage groo
ve defective unit

3) Start boiler water circulation pump, boiler cleaning cycle established.

4) When the cleaning cycle proceeds to economizer inlet water quality iron content < 50μ g /

L Separator outlet iron content < 100When μ g / L, complete boiler cold rinse.
6.4.3 Hot Flush

6.4.3.1 Rinse water is added to ammonia PH 9.5 to 9.2, hydrazine 50- 100μ g / l demineralized water,
add ammonia, hydrazine controlled manually.

6.4.3.2 When the water temperature reaches the separator 180- 210I.e. hot start flushing ℃, outlet

water iron content should be controlled below the deaerator 50Hot end of the washing cycle in μ g /

l, hot flush by the boiler steam separator drain, typically to drain the separator tank Fe≤ 100μg /

L, SiO2 ≤ 100μg / L, conductivity DD ≤ 1μs / cm, the boiler It can be transferred to improve the

parameters of the operation. In the process of improving the parameters of the boiler,

Feedwater and boiler water still need to be supervised.

6.4.3.3 If the drainage tank Fe, SiO2 ≥ 200μg / L, a notification parameter value of the long

stop raising boiler, and the boiler water discharge flash tank to the trench.

6.4.3.4 Analysis of the tank to be drained Fe, S i O 2 < 2 0 0 μ g / L , The aqueous notification value of th
e long recovery boiler expansion device to the condenser.
6.4.4 Unit rinse water quality requirements

6.4.4.1 Water Supply

Test items unit Quality Standard

Hydrogen Conducti μ s / ≤ 0.50


vity (25 ℃) cm
iron μ g / ≤ 50
L
Silica μ g / ≤ 30
95
2 × 350MWChemical unit
L
Dissolved oxygen μ g / ≤ 30
L

96
2 × 350MWChemical unit

hardness umol / L ≈ 0

Cold feed water quality criteria and hot rinsing

6.4.4.2 Splitter

When passing the feed water, the water side of the separator (tank overflow line) should be le
ss than iron and silicon dioxide 100ug / L

After the water supply and water separator side (tank overflow line) were satisfactory quality,
in order to pass rinsing.

6.4.4.3 Turbine Rushes

Turbine overheating and the front turn red reheat steam quality stan
dards

Inspection Item Unit Quality Standards

Hydrogen conductivity (25℃) μ s / cm ≤ 0.50

Iron μ g / kg ≤ 50

Copper μ g / kg ≤ 15

Silica μ g / kg ≤ 30

Sodium μ g / kg ≤ 20

6.4.4.4 Condensate Recovery


Condensate Recovery quality standards

Inspection Item Unit Quality Standards

Iron μ g/L ≤ 1000

Copper μ g/L ≤ 30

Silica μ g/L ≤ 80

6.4.4.5 Hydrophobic recovery

Quality Standard
Single test items Plac
e Standard value expectations

Iron μ g/L ≤ 50 -
Hydrophobic
hardness umol / L ≤ 2.5 ≈ 0

Recovery of Drainage water quality standards


6.5 Chemical unit to start the process of project supervision

97
2 × 350MWChemical unit

The step of sampling points project analysis interval control flag quasi-

PH continuou
Condensat PH,Fe N s Deaerator exit Fe <200μ g / L, Na <50μ g / L in
Small
cycles e pump out a Fe, Na front row after to the condenser or into the general circulation
let oxygen passing qualified 4H rinsing, the discharge failure.
outlet ours
Oxygen outlet: O2 ≤30μ g /l ;

Economizer entrance: Fe> 200μ g / L, SiO2> 200μ


Condensate PH, Fe N
g / L,
a, O2 Si PH, O2 continu
A cycl Polisher pum Na> 50μg / L emissio
e O2 ous Fe, Na, SiO2 bef
p outlet eco
ns; Eligible allow water boiler e
ore passingContinuo
nomizer outl
conomizer inlet Sheung;
us, after passing 4
et inlet out
Steam separator outlet: Fe> 200μ g / L, Na> 50μ
hour
let deaerato
Hydrog g / L, SiO2> 200μ g / L emissi
once
r steam sepa
en ons; water separator outlet into the recycled wa
rator outlet
Con ter passing condenser;
duc
Conductivity hydro Conductivity ≤ hydrogen 0.
tiv gen, PH, O2
65 μ s / cm SiO2≤ 30μ g / L, Fe
ity continuous
≤50μ g / L
rat
e
PH,Fe
Ignition economizer Fe, Na, SiO2 before p DO ≤ 30μ g / L, hardness ≈ 0μ mol / L
inlet Na, assing
When 2h hot startWhen inside, cold start 8hSho
SiO2 Continuous, after uld reach within the normal operation
O2 passing 4Hour standard value.

Hydrog s
Conductivity ≤ hydrogen 0.50
en Con
Hydrogen contin μ s / cm SiO2≤ 30μ g / kg, Fe≤ 50
Main Steam Turbine ductiv
uous conductivity F μ g / kg Na≤ 20μ g / kg, Cu≤ 15μ g
ityrat
e, Na, SiO2 before / kg
e
passingContinuous, After the red transfer should reach the standar
Condensate return Fe, Na d value of 8 hours running
after passing 4hour
SiO2 External: colorless transparent
once

Continuous pre-qual
ified, qualified

Receive estment / Plus low Condensate iron


er outlet pump outlet
PH,Fe
Oxygen outlet
Condensa Na,
Economizer inlet
High inv SiO2
te Polish
Main steam
98
2 × 350MWChemical unit
H e
e 4 hours Iron ≤ 200μ g / L
a
t
e PH continuous
r Low plus hydrophobic Fe> 300μ g / L Discharge tr
Fe, Na, SiO2Pre-qua ench; Fe≤300μ g / L
D Recycling to the condenser;
r lifiedContinuous, a
a fter passing 4Hour Heater Drainage Fe≤ 30μ g / L, SiO2≤ 30μ g / L, hard
i ness ≈
n s
a 0μ mol / L to the recovery deaerator, or discharged i
g nto the condenser.

Note: the unit occurs MFTAf


ter startup, the value of the long acknowledgment condensate polisher and to maintain the normal operati
on mode is switched to the treatment AVT

Premise embodiment, water Conductivity ≤ hydrogen 0.65 μs / cm, PH value of 9.0 - 9.5 can be within the range
of ignition.
6.6 Water treatment and supervision unit during normal operation

6.6.1 Water Treatment

99
2 × 350MWChemical unit

When the unit normal and stable operation of water and steam quality, water treatment by adding ammo
nia N2H4 of all volatile treatment ( AVT)Mode switching to ox
ygenase

Add ammonia combined treatment ( CWT) Operating mode.


6.6.2 Combined water treatment

6.6.2.1 Oxygenated feedwater treatment conditions

a) Hydrogen feed water conductivity < 0.15μ s / cm

b) Condensate Polishing equipment put into full flow

c) In addition to soda cycle system condenser Condenser of each equipment are made of steel elements, o
therwise required by special tests.

d) The amount of fouling in the boiler water wall tube reached 200- When 300g / m2, before using the
oxygenated feedwater treatment should chemical cleaning.

6.6.2.2 All volatile treatment ( AVT ) Is switched to CWT Switching condition

a) Unit operating normally, condenser does not leak, equipment without major defects, the main steam pr
essure is normal.

b) Steam vapor system of quality indicators are normal. When the unit starts normally, usually by a

dding ammonia to the water supply PH Value increased

to 9.0- 9.6.

c) Condensate Polishing apparatus and put into operation the normal full flow, oxygen a

ddition means good spare unit is stable, the moisture index nIn general, feedwater h

ydrogen conductivity drops 0.15μ s / cm, and was to continue to decrease.

d) in AVT Switch CWT When long before application to the value, confirmed eligible ordered oxygenase
started.

6.6.2.3 Combined water treatment Before you start

a) Ammonia metering tank level is not less than 0.8 M, is not less than the oxygen reserves 4 Bottle
(15MPa).

b) Check oxygenase system accurately meter indication, the switch valve flexible, tight system.

c) Check the dosing pump with the motor intact, oily, normal oil level.

d) PH Values and tables may be put into normal oxygen.

6.6.2.4 Start combined water treatment system

a) Stop adding hydrazine

Oxygen is added prior to conversion mode, stop hydrazine was added in advance. Durin

g the stop N2H4, should strengthen the supervision of the quality of the water vapor,

when water quality qualified to implement the conversion work.

b) Oxygenase system startup

1) After the unit is stable, the hydrogen feed water conductivity reaches 0.15 μs / cmWhen, and to cont
10
2 × 350MWChemical unit
inue to reduce the trend began to add oxygen.

2) Contact set control personnel added drop expelled from the oxygen outlet tube and polishers oxygen o
utlet main pipe once the door.

3) On the oxygen cylinder valve open, the pressure gauge should 4.5MPa Above, the pressure r

educing valve to adjust the deaerator oxygenase system relief valve outlet pressure 1.8MPa

, Polishing outlet main pipe oxygenase system outlet pressure relief valve 4.0MPa .

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

4) Oxygen addition means opening the exit door, so that needle valve adjusted slowly add oxygen flow ra
te 5- 8L / h .

5) To speed up the conversion CWT Under t

he process conditions of forming the protective film, may be added to control the amoun

t of oxygen in the standard upper limit, it should be noted that changes in conductivit

y feedwater hydrogen, such as hydrogen feed water conductivity is increased, the amount

of oxygen added to adjust the hydrogen feed water conductivity of less than control 0.

15μ s / cm.

6) Conversion to the dissolved oxygen concentration of the main steam 30- When 150 μg / L, adding ammo
nia to adjust automatically set a setting value of the normal operation.

7) When the transition to the normal, the notification unit deaerator attendant off a s

mall air door, add high air door, add low air door ajar to then further adjusted bas

ed on the analysis of chemical to an appropriate value to ensure that the unit load

variation, to ensure dissolved oxygen content in the water supply range specified

Fluctuations within a short time should not exceed the highest content of dissolved oxygen in water
supply 400μ g / L . While ensuring a high dissolved oxygen
content in the heater drain 30-

150μ g / L Range.

c) Ammonia adjustment

Ammonia metering pump adjusted to the appropriate position of the piston stroke, until the water sup
ply PH Value between 8.0 to 9.0.
6.6.3 Combined water treatment system to stop ( CWTConversion to the AVT)

6.6.3.1CWT to AVT Conversion conditions

a) The unit normal shutdown ago2 hour.

b) When hydrogen water supply unit Conductivity> 0.15μ s / cmWhen there is a serious or condenser le
ak affecting water quality.

c) Oxygen addition means has a failure can not be oxygenated.

d) Units the MFT Time.

6.6.3.2CWT to AVT Switching operation

a) Value received notice to stop long oxygenase, centralized control testing station attendant attendan
t close contact deaerator drop tube once the door oxygenase.

b) After attendant centralized control notification oxygenase once the door is closed,

the assay should be closed condensate station attendant secondary door oxygenase, de

aerator outlet oxygenaseSecondary door; exit valve, close the oxygen cylinder.

c) Automatic adjustment value setting means ammonia and ammonia metering pump stroke, feed water PH V
alue adjustment control 9.0- 9.6,Without hydrazine.

d) Unit requirements attendant to open the deaerator large, high, low plus air door opening.
10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

e) maintain AVT Way to shut down the unit normal operation or maintenance.
6.7 Oversight of chemical unit operation

6.7.1 Oversight Principles

6.7.1.1 According to water quality, timely adjustment of dosage, strengthen the supervision of dissolved o
xygen in water vapor.

6.7.1.2 Note condensation monitor changes in water quality, found condenser leak, strengthen the supervis
ion of water supply, boiler water, with special attention PH

Change in value, if found excessive, should promptly report the value of long, to take appropriate emerg
ency measures.

6.7.1.3 Operation in strict accordance with the water quality control standard quality vap

or when water vapor quality deterioration should be promptly reported to the higher level,

and the productFind very reason, for processing, to return to normal, if not short-term

recovery continues to deteriorate, according to "tertiary treatment" principles.

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.7.1.4 Sampling means always check the operation of the system, like the water flow, the temperature with
in a predetermined range.

6.7.1.5 Always check the operation of the dosing equipment, note the dosing pump pressure indication, kits
solution level, the oil level in the dosing pump.

6.7.1.6 Often understand the unit operation mode, device anomalies and defects that may af

fect the situation and issues related to water and steam quality in a timely manner to th

e value of the longReport and put forward the views of the chemical supervision.
6.7.2 Monitoring quality of water projects and methods

Sampling point interval monitoring side project analysis

formulaHydrogen conductivity, PH value, O2 Conti

nuous Online
Deaerator
inlet PHValue, O2 4hOf Hand

Oxygen outlet O2 4hOf Hand

Hydrogen conductivity, PH value, SiO2, O2,


Continuous Online
Na
Water Supply
PH value, SiO2, O2, Na 4hOf Hand

Cl -
Quarterly hand work

Hydrogen conductivity, PH value, O2,Na Con


Condensate
tinuously line

PH value, Na, O2 4hOf Hand


Condensate Polis Hydrogen conductivity, PH value, SiO2,Na Conti
hing export
nuous Online

PHValue, Na, SiO2 4hOf Hand


-
Cl Quarterly manual
Main steam
Conductivity of hydrogen, SiO2,Na Continuou
s Online

Na, SiO2 4hOf Hand


-
Cl Quarterly manual

Hydrogen continuous conductivity reheat steam line

Separators continuous conductivity hydrogen outlet line

Hydrogen Conductivity continuous on-line


HP Heaters Generator cold water

Closed co
ld water

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Na, SiO2, O 2 Value, conductivity continuous online
ce a month by
hand PHvalue 4hOf Hand

P Continuous on-line conductivity


H
hardness 4hOf Hand
6.8 Supervision and chemical instrumentation and run-line sampling device

6.8.1 Start early, not put chemical online instrument, sampling and analysis must be carried out manually.

6.8.2 After the network unit and the importance of timely investment in chemical online instrument.

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.8.3 In addition to the large unit, an oxygen withdrawal apparatus repair small table during power failu
re, the other units temporary outage, the table holding oxygen continuous operation.

6.8.4 Each flow meter adjusting gate positioned after the adjustment, frequent adjustment

is generally not necessary (except for start, shutdown stage), manual coordinate sampling

and flow meter available relief valve adjusting the water sample.

6.8.5 Each unit should be closed before the outage PH Table entry gate, ensure that all PH Ta

ble transmitter full of water protection, to prevent the occurrence of drift electrode, affect

the measurement accuracy, stability.

6.8.6 Instrument commissioning preceded into water sample, and after the temperature stabilized with wate
r, and then vote meter.

6.8.6.1 Conductivity flow control table 20- 30ml / min , Sample Temperature < 35℃.

6.8.6.2 PH Table flow control 20- 30ml / min , Sample Temperature < 35℃.

6.8.6.3 Dissolved oxygen flow control table 15- 18L / h.

6.8.7 Each flow meter adjusting gate positioned after the adjustment, frequent adjustment

is generally not necessary (except for start, shutdown stage), manual sampling and coordi

nate the flow rate meter can be used to adjust the pressure relief valve.

6.8.8 When the sampling is interrupted or inadequate cooling water pressure should be clos

ed immediately sample rack total gate, to prevent damage to the instrument and the vaporiz

ed water sample valve, and thenTake appropriate measures to restore cooling water flow an

d pressure, when to reopen the door and adjust all the normal sampling flow properly, the

details in the log, if necessary, inform the instrument to instrument maintenance personn

el to check and adjust.

6.8.9 When the unit is activated by instrument maintenance personnel in charge of investment instruments,
operating personnel and start the data recording instruments, and machine time, and in machine 8

When the data does not reach the normal operation within hours, should be

adjusted or determined meter notify maintenance personnel for processing.

When the unit outage, meter operators notify personnel stopwatch.

7 Thermal equipment stops, spare corrosion protection

7.1 General

Stop Standby presence salt boiler metal surfaces, scale, slag accumulation, etc., if in contac

t with air O2 and CO2 corrosion will occur. This corrosion is m


uch more serious than running corrosion. E.g. economizer operation, generally vulnerable to corrosion in the inlet portion, when stop of the standby boiler

Do not do the work of anti-corrosion, the entire pipeline will be corroded; superheater corrosion is gen
erally not in operation, but it is possible to stop hair spare time

Health corrosion, especially in the elbow portion. Boiler water wall tubes and water sep

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit
aration equipment rarely been in operation oxygen corrosion, improper protection if the

period of suspension, oxygen corrosion occurs within stopping use.

Corrosion occurs when the standby stop, on the one hand increases the corrosion products in wa

ter, while the corrosion products such as Fe 2O3, CuO, are corro

sion accelerators, looser structure, and with poor adhesion to the metal surface. This is an important primary ca

use of corrosion and scaling operation

because. Therefore, the use of appropriate protective measures during boiler disabled use of the boiler
to prevent corrosion, to ensure safe production, to extend the boiler

Life is significant.
7.2 Disable thermal equipment, spare protection principles

7.2.1 Let air into the stop, go inside the backup device.

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

7.2.2 Maintain a tight arrest, standby equipment.

7.2.3 Corrosion protection layer of protective film is formed on the metal surface.

7.2.4 Metal surfaces immersed in an aqueous solution or a space containing a gaseous oxygen scavenger or
other protective agents.
7.3 Stop boiler corrosion methods whenever (standby).

7.3.1 Ammonia alkalizing drying method

7.3.1.1 Value long before the unit is shut down 4 Hou

rs, notify chemical run to increase the amount of ammonia condensate plus improved water supply (ec

onomizer entrance) pH to 9.4-10.0 .

7.3.1.2 Quickly closed after each boiler shutdown quickly close the damper, baffle, closed furnace, to p
revent excessive heat loss.

7.3.1.3 Start separator outlet pressure falls When 1.5MPa, quickly exhausted the memory of water furnace,
waste heat boiler and drying.

7.3.1.4 Door-open air during drainage, drainage air door and door, natural draft furnace d

ischarging moisture, the relative humidity of the air in the furnace until 70%Or equal to

the ambient humidity (furnace temperature was reduced to 105 degrees).

7.3.1.5 After turn on the water, close the air doors, air doors and turn on the water door, closed the b
oiler.

7.3.1.6 Precautions

The drying process, measuring the relative humidity of the air pot.

The furnace temperature dropped 105 °, measured relative humidity remains below the

pan control standards, firing boiler should continue drying. Buck, drainage process, and st

arting the control header separator wall temperature does not exceed the allowable value

manufacturer.
8 Machine vapor quality degradation accident treatment furnace

8.1 Principles

8.1.1 When an exception occurs soda quality, operating personnel must first confirm that the meter, water
y correct, reliable laboratory data.

8.1.2 After confirming that the data is accurate, it should be reported immediately moni

tor and fill in the values served notice abnormal water quality, explicitly inform the p

roject exceeded the valueLong term and indicate excessive, values, reason and measures

taken in the vapor supervision report.

8.1.3 In the process of water vapor abnormal event, it should be under the value of the lo

ng and professionals responsible for directing and closely cooperate with relevant profess

ional cause, possiblemalfunction.

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit
8.1.4 Accident and abnormal process, we must get in close contact with the relevant prof

essional and related positions, in order to avoid accidents continue to expand stateBig.

8.1.5 When the accident occurred, chemical attendant will be allowed to leave their posts.

Shift when the accident occurred, should stop shift change, succession should assist atMan

agement. After the elimination of the accident or to the value of long command, shift can

be conducted.

8.1.6 Exception handling process, increase the number of analysis, combining meter data to grasp the tren
d of water quality.

8.1.7 During such processing, the quality of the water vapor continued deterioration reaches the predeter
mined "tertiary treatment", the corresponding processing in accordance with the principle.

8.1.8 Meaning the value of the tertiary treatment

10
2 × 350MWChemical unit

8.1.8.1 Primary treatment value: the possibility of causing corrosion due to impurities, should be 72 Wi
thin hours returned to the standard value.

8.1.8.2 Secondary treatment value: there must be the possibility of causing corrosion due to impurities, s
hould be twenty four Within hours returned to the stand
ard value.

8.1.8.3 Tertiary treatment value: Ongoing accelerated corrosion, such as water quality does not improve, s
hould 4 Shutdown within hours.

In each stage of the process, if not yet back to normal within a specified period of time, it should
adopt a higher level of treatment.

The deterioration of water vapor tertiary treatment standards

Processing value
Abnormal water sample project standa Remark
rd val One Two Three
ue
Hydrogen Conduc
tivity ([mu] ≤ 0.2 0.20 - 0.35 0.35 - 0.60 > 0.60 25 ℃
Condens s / cm)
ate

Hardness (μmo ≤ 2.0 > 2.0 - -


l / L)
<9.2 Or>
.2 - 9.6 - 25
℃ 9.6
PH9
Boiler f ≤ 0.150.15 - 0.400.40 - 0.65 > 0.65 25
eed wate Hydrogen Conduc ℃
r tivity ([mu]
s / cm)
≤ 7 > 7 > 20 -

Dissolved oxyg
en ( μ g / L)

Control the above criteria, when the deterioration of the water vapor to the specifi

ed in the table should fill water vapor anomaly notice, and suggested that the value of

the long take appropriate measures; reaching the shutdown shutdown criteria should be cl

early stated in the notice abnormal moisture: should stop shutdown.

When the water quality abnormality, the furnace should be measured chlorine content in water, sodium con
tent, conductivity and alkalinity, so as to identify the reasons, to take countermeasures.
8.2 Usually the water vapor degradation causes and treatment

No. Failure Cause Remedy fault

a. the identification of high hardness or turbidity of


the water, and this water

2 DO fail
1 Poor qualit
y water sup
ply
11
2 × 350MWChemical unit
a. Condenser leak
Or reducing the amount o
b. After the water su f processing
pply system has ac
cess remnants b. Reduced load operation,
the amount of water t
c. Water supply, the o minimize the tempera
deterioration of t ture reduction.
he hydrophobic
c. Eliminate the possibil
d. Polishing High Mix ity of the incorporati
ed failure on of raw water supply
system.
a. Oxygen discharge d d. Standby for switching
oor opening is too high mix, reproduction
small
a. Large open-air oxygen
b. Excessive water su discharge door.
pply
b. Uniformly watered deae
c. Deaerator occurs rator.
inside the apparatu c. Check the deaerator.
s so thatbarrier.
d. Adjust deaerator oper
ating conditions, and
then open a large boi
ling steam

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit

d. Temperature is too low o e


xygen pressure.
d. Condensate air leaking into the system
e. Oxygen addition means li
(Such as condensate pump packing leak)
ne instrumentation and aut
a. Boiler load, water pressure, temperatu
omatic control system is n
reRapid change degrees.
ot functioning
b. Water separation device, water washing
(CWT conditions)
3 Water Supply PH Defective device.
value failed f. Sampling system is defec
c. Desuperheated steam desuperheater wate
tive
r quality does notgood.
a. Ammonia improper dose
d. Boiler feed water quality deterioration
Water Supply Na,
+ b. Add ammonia or ammonia p
SiO2 ump system failure
4
And alkalinity fai c. Supply water quality det
lure erioration

The composition of the f


eed water condensation w
ater, feed water, produc
Feedwater iron con
tent tion of sodium hydrophob
5
Or the amount of s ic or return water, sili
ubstandard copper
con content, alkalinity
failed.

a. The composition of the


Condensate
+
Na, condensate water supply,
YD,
6 supplyWater or return th
DD exceeded
e amount of water produc
ed copper, iron content
failed

Condensate Dissolv b. Sampling line long undev


ed Oxygen substand eloped
ard
a. Condenser leak
7
grid b. Makeup water, the hardne
ss of the hydrophobic un
qualified
c. When the unit starts s
team flow-through siteUn
clean
steam Na SiO2 or
+

not a. Condenser leak.


8
qualified b. Condenser Vacuum leak po
rtion
c. The degree of supercooli
ng condenser is too larg

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit
door. s up until qualifyin

e. Check oxygenase g standardQuasi Recy

pressure, the open cling

ing degree of the


a. Condenser leak, plugging
needle valve, chec
b. Perfect condenser vacuum
k ChemistryInstrum system
entation and contr c. Condenser subcooling adju
ol system, adjuste stment

d d. Check the tightness of th


e condensate system
f. Eliminate sampling syste
m defects

a. Stable operating conditio


a. Ammonia dose adjustment ns boiler.

b. Timely troubleshooting b. Maintenance shutdown.

c. Identify the reasons for c. Reduce the load r


the deterioration proces
educes splitting Sav
s
e Save warm or hot w
ater contactStop.
Failed to identify
d. Improve the quality of wa
the source of wate
ter supply
r, and take measur
es to reduce its w
ater quality compl
iance or usage.

a. Identify the amo


unt of iron or cop
per content unqual
ified water source
s, andThis treated
water or reduce it
s use amount.
b. Periodic flushing sampli
ng line.

a. Condenser leak, plugging

b. Check desalinated hydrop


hobic hardness, conducti
vity
c. Condensation wat
er discharge when b
oiler-turbine start
11
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter IV Condensate Polishing operating procedures

1 Outline

Each unit is equipped 2 100 Powdered resin amount of condensate cover


ing the filter +3 50%Mixed bed system, and provided 1 set of powdered resin coversFilter bypass
system and 1 Mixed bed unit sets bypass system, the appropriate sampling, monitoring and
control system . Each unit is equipped with a washing facility plated materials, the common set of two mixe
d bed dryer subsidiary reproducing apparatus and acid regeneration waste collection, transportation and storage
related auxiliary compressed air
system.

Condensate Polishing System Design Parameters


1. The condensation of water to be treated (Stand-alone)

The condensation of water: VWOThe condensation of wat


er conditions: tentative 891.0t / h T
HA (Nominal) operating mode condensation
of water: tentative 784.0t / h

2. Polishing apparatus condensate inlet pressure

Rating: Zanan 3.50 MPa

Maximum: Zanan 4.5MPa

3. Polishing apparatus cond

ensate inlet temperature


rating: tentative 48.
1℃
Maximum: tentative 85 ℃

4. Condensate Polishing System water from the water source

Condensate polishing system from the ground water from the condensate tank of the heat engine.
2 Condensate polishing system process system, and parameters out of the water indicators

2.1 Condensate System Process

Condensate Polishing selection medium pressure treatment system. Primary condensate polishing system
as follows:
1. Running processes: the resin coating powder of the condensate pump outlet filter to capture h
igh-speed low-pressure mixed bed resin was heated Devices
ystem
2. Resin transfer and in vitro regeneration process: high-speed mixed bed resin separation colu
mn (anion resin regeneration column) column regeneration the cation resin (mixed resin
CloseTower) high-speed mixed bed
2.2 Water quality objectives and equipment specifications

2.2.1 Water Quality Index


11
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Typical st Typical st Normal opera Normal opera
artup
proj art valu ting sta ting sta
ect
The value e of wat te water te water
of water er value value

Suspended solids 500 100 20 10


g/L
Total dissolved solids g/L 650 50 100 20
(without ammonia)
Silica g/L 20 15

sodium g / L 20 5 2-5 5

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Typical st Typical st Normal opera Normal opera


artup
proj art valu ting sta ting sta
ect
The value e of wat te water te water
of water er value value

Suspended sol 500 100 20 10


ids g/
L
Total Iron 1000 100 40 5
g/L
Total copper 50 15 10 3
g/L
chlorine g / L 100 10 20 1

Conductivity of the anode (25 ℃ ) S / cm0.20.2

pH (25 ℃ ) 6.5 to 7.5

2.2.2 Equipment specification

sequence
Device Name Specification Quantity
number

Model: YDGLQ-1700
Fluid: condensate;
3232

Powdered res Filter element design flow: Normal: 8m / m .h Maximum: 10m / m .h


in covers
1 Temperature: housing design, filter element 85 ℃,Anion powder 70
filter ℃; Run: less than 85℃; 4

Pressure: 4.5MPa
Filter element: a tubular form;
Pipeline design flow rate: Normal 2.0 ~ 3.0m / s , Does not exceed th
e maximum 3.5 m / s ;

Fluid: Condensate
The design flow rate: Normal 100 m / h
maximum 120 m / h

Temperature: Design of greater than 70 ℃


Run no more than 70 ℃
Pressure: designed according

to the system pressure


2 High-spe
ed mixed beggingTo run ac
bed cording to the system

pressure begging
Import distributor: water spray disc 3

Material S31608 Stai

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit
n ater cap
l Ion exchange resins: The required volume, larger than the total storey 1.2m
e Volume ratio (positive: negative) 11
s Macroporous type strong a
s cid cation resin was grai
nMacroporous type strong
s base anion resin was grai
t n
e
External piping design flow rate: Normal 2.0 ~ 3.0m / s
e
l

m
e
a
n
s

l
o
w
e
r

d
r
a
i
n
:
S31608 stainless
s
t
e
e
l

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Maximum 3.5m / s (condens


ate pipes) Drain water cap slit width 0.25 μm

Model: YDKQCG-10
Type: Vertical cylindrical
3 Compressed a 3
Volume: 10m2
ir storage t
ank Diameter / thickness: 1824/12 mm
Working pressure: 0.8MPa

Model: YDKQCG-8
Type: Vertical cylindrical
Volume: 8m1
3
Instrument c
ompressed ai Diameter / thickness: 1824/12 mm
r
4 Working pressure: 0.8MPa
Tank
Model: ZE80-160
Type: horizontal centrifugal pumps
flow: 80m /3 h 4

Head: 0.2MPa
5 Maintain Motor power: 11KW
ing pump
Model: IH200-150-250
Type: horizontal centrifugal pumps
Flow: 300m / 3H2

Head: 0.2MPa

6 Filming Motor power: 37KW


pump
Type: Vertical cylindrical
Capacity: 23 m
7 Filming bo 2
x Working pressure: atmos
pheric pressure
diameter / Wall thicknes mmUU

s: φ 1212 × 6
UU

Model: IH100-65-200

Type: horizontal centri


fugal pumps
3
8 Backwash w Flow: 80m / h 4
ater pump
Head: 0.5MPa

Motor power: 15KW

Model: with the pump ma


nufacturer
9 A resin in 2
jection pu Type: Progressive hole
mp pumps
Flow: 3.4m3 / h

11
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Head: 0.2MPa

Motor power: 2.2


KW Type: Vertical
cylindrical volum
3

e: 0.5 m
10 Resin mixin
g tank Diameter / thickness: φ 612 × 6 mm2

Working pressure: atmospheric pressure


Electric mixer: Power: 0.75MPa

Model: with the


pump manufacture
11 Waste water r Type: horizont
3
delivery pu
mp al centrifugal p
ump
flow: 50m / h 4

Head: 0.5MPa
Motor power: 22KW

Rated / Maximum output: 400


12 Resin trap
/450 m3 / h / Devices diameter (d

iameter × thickness): 524 × 12 mm

straight edge devices / total height:

1100/1400 mm
6
Design / test pressure: 4.5 / 5.625 MPa

Yang regener Operating temperature: UU

<85 CUU

ation and st Rated / Maximum output pressure: 0.02 / 0.05MPa


orage
13 Equipment diameter: φ 1516 × 8
tank
Pressure: Design pressure: 0.7Mpa

Operating pressure:0.875Mpa

Temperature: Design tempera


ture: 70C
1
Operating temperature: <70
C

Lower row: type porous plate +Water cap

14 Female re External piping design flow rate: Normal 1.5 m / s


generatio maximum 2.5 m / s
n tank
Equipment diameter: φ 1216 × 8

Pressure: Design pressure: 0.7Mpa

Operating pressure:0.875Mpa
11
2 × 350MWChemical unit
T or: Type the parent branch
e
m formulaLower r
p ow: type porous plate +Water
e
r cap
a External piping design flow rate: Normal 1.5 m / s
t
u
r
e

D
e
s
i
g
n

t
e
m
p
e
r
a
t
u
r
e

70C
1
Operating t
emperature:

I
m
p
o
r
t

d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit

maximum 2.5 m / s

Equipment diameter: ? 1320 × 10 / ? 2124 × 12

Pressure: Design pressure: 0.7Mpa

Operating pressure:0.875Mpa

Temperature: Design temperature: 70C

15 Resin sepa Operating temperature: <70C1


ration tan
k
Import distributor: Type the
parent branch formulaLower r
ow: type porous plate +Water
cap
External piping design flow rate: Normal 1.5 m / s

maximum 2.5 m / s

Type: horizontal
centrifugal pump
model: ZE150-200
16 Recircul Motor Power: 45 kW
ation pu 2
mp Output: 300 m3 / h

Head: 0.32 MPa

The maximum working pressure of the pump casing: 4.5 MPa

Motor Power: 18.5 kW

17 Roots bl Flow rate: 7.2 Nm3 / min


ower
Pressure: 0.08 MPa

Type: horizontal c
entrifugal pump mo
del: IH100-65-200

18 Rinse wa Motor Power: 22 kW


ter pump
Output: 100 m3 / h
Head: 0.5 MPa
The maximum working pressure of the pump casing: 1.0 MPa
3
Effective 10 m
volume:
19 Acid t UU

4.8mm 1
ank Rubber lin
ing thickn
ess:
Rubber lining No natural silicone rubber
UU UU

material:
3
Effective 10 m
volume:
20 Alkali UU
3mm 1
12
2 × 350MWChemical unit
tank
Rubber lin
ing thickn
ess:
Rubber lining No natural silicone rubber
UU UU

material:

Flow rate: 1500 L / h

twenty one Acid Pressure: 0.7 MPa1


metering pump
Motor Power: 1.5kw

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Pump speed: 2900 rpm

Flow rate: 1000 L / h


Pressure: 0.7 MPa Motor Power:1.5kw Pump speed: 2900 rpm

twenty two
Alkali metering pump 1

Type: fluorine plastic pump


flow: 15 m3 / h
Head: 0.25 MPa
twenty three
Unloading acid pump 1.5 kW
Power: 1

Type: fluorine plastic pump

Flow: 15 m3 / h
twenty fourAlkali pump discharge
Head: 0.25 MPa 1
Power: 1.5 kW V = 6m3

25Electric water tank1


Electric heater: insert4 × 40kw
3 Condensate Polishing apparatus described control

3.1 System bypass portion

3.1.1 When the unit first starts, the bypass valve is opened, and the filter holder inlet

and outlet valve closed, the condensed water does not enter the polishing system to beManu

al inspection Condensate Polishing System meet water quality requirements, before enterin

g the condensate polishing system, when the resin powder is covered with the filter into

operation in the normal state, before the bypass valve closed.

3.1.2 When the temperature was increased to setpoint condensate inlet header tube, alarm a

nd automatically open the bypass valve to be closed to cover the resin powder into filterO

utlet valve, while keeping open the pump.

3.1.3 When the temperature is lowered to condensate the set value, the first starting powd

er is covered with a resin filter, which is put into operation after confirmation, and the

n automatically close the bypassvalve.

3.1.4 Bypass put into operation conditions: in the face of one of the following circumstances, the system
can automatically turn on at the same time bypass alarm

3.1.4.1 Filter inlet temperature is high (greater than 75℃); two bypass system are simultaneously and
automatically opens the alarm

3.1.4.2 Pipe Pressure inlet high (greater than 3.5MPa ); And bypass alarm mixed bed system, the system p
ut into operation only cover the filter powder resin

3.1.4.3 High Pressure mother tube entrance (greater than 0.25MPa ); Polishing System and Alarm Bypass

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit
3.1.4.4 Operator manual bypass protection
3.2 Backwash burst membrane, laying part

3.2.1 Backwashing the membrane unit burst

3.2.1.1 Powder resin coating film filters using compressed air blast, along with other impurities from th
e filter element the adsorption process will fail waste resin powder

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Similarly purged explosion falling down. After air blasting film, backwashed with water

immediately. This is repeated several times before they can clean the filter dollars to

restore, revive function.

3.2.1.2 Backwashing compressed air into the compressed air is short, the energy to drive t

he high speed outbreak backwash water, the volume of washing water is usedOutbreak in the

supporting air so that the filter element is cleaned, along with other waste resin powder

off the surface adsorbing impurities from the filter element, and discharged to the waste

reservoir.

3.2.1.3 In the burst the membrane during backwash, the air acting outbreak bomb itself covered by three a
ir filter resin powder. Backwash

Water from the condensate makeup tank, boosted by the booster pump backwash. The whole process has in th
e filter according to high, medium and low 3 A step sequence level is
performed.

3.2.1.4 Provided two compressed air storage tank, a membrane filter for a burst, the instrumentation used
for the other.

3.2.2 Filming unit

3.2.2.1 A laying unit laying box, laying the pump, tank mixed resin, consisting of a syringe pump and asso
ciated piping.

3.2.2.2 Functional resin is mixed slurry mixing tank powder formulation of resin and fiber powder, concent
ration is generally 3-5% .

3.2.2.3 Filming pump slurry was delivered to a resin powder plated cover the filter materi

al has a cycle step sequence, the initial laying, the slurry is returned to the treeLipid

mixing tank, and then sent to the slurry laying powder pumps in turn covered with a resin

filter, by bridging the adsorption cycle is conducive to the resin powder is spread unifo

rmly onto the filter membrane element is formed. During this period, laying the pump whil

e receiving the injection pump to the slurry and pumping the slurry from the laying box d

irectly.

3.2.2.4 When powdered resin covers the filter laying process is nearing completion, the pu

mp starts holding, to prevent the device is not put into operation due to the film on the

filter elementAnd fall off. When the boost is completed filter, the filter outlet valves

open, i.e., the filter enters into operation, the pump automatically to maintain outage.
4 Powder resin-coated filter membranes burst

4.1 Explosion film before the test

4.1.1 Critical value of the long film before notification ensure condensate makeup tank at a high level.

4.1.2 Manual bypass door open, and then an electric bypass valve open, the filter inlet an

d outlet door is closed manually, and inlet check indicated a pressure gaugeEach check va

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit
lve switch in place, to confirm the main condensate pipe filter channel isolation.

4.1.3 Check backwash pump is in the standby state, and the export manually backwash pump door is in an op
en state.

4.1.4 After checking all the air filter door switch signal PC consistent with in situ, the

consent report value, according to a program start burst membrane, such as the letterNo er

ror, non-explosive film, thermal control handle notification, then burst the film.
4.2 Blasting Film step sequence:

4.2.1 Pressure relief filter: an air filter door is open, complete relief.

4.2.2 Blasting Film Preparation: Check the condensate makeup tank level is normal. If normal, directly to
the next step.

4.2.3 Sewage and backwash: open sewage doors, air doors, start the backwash pumps, backwash pump outlet t
o open the door, the sewage and backwash.

4.2.4 Pressure wait: Check the membrane burst pressure of compressed air, when the pressure is greater th
an 0.37MPa When, directly to the next step.

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit

4.2.5 Backwash water and gas Ia : Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after t
he door is closed.

4.2.6 Backwash water Ia : Open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.7 Backwash water and gas Ib : Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after t
he door is closed.

4.2.8 Backwash water Ib : Open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.9 Backwash water and gas Ic : Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after t
he door is closed.

4.2.10 Water backwash Ic: Open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.11 Water-filled 1: Close the door sewage, water filling.

4.2.12 Ⅱ a backwash water vapor: Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after
the door is closed.

4.2.13 Backwash water Ⅱ a: open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.14 Backwash water vapor Ⅱ b: Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after
the door is closed.

4.2.15 Backwash water Ⅱ b: Open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.16 Backwash water vapor Ⅱ c: start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens
after the door is closed.

4.2.17 Backwash water Ⅱ c:Open the discharge door, a backwash water. 200 After the second, the door cl
osed sewage, water filling,

4.2.18 Ⅲ a backwash water vapor: Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after
the door is closed.

4.2.19 Backwash water Ⅲ a: open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.20 Backwash water vapor Ⅲ b: Start intake air backwash. Backwash of sewage intake valve opens after
the door is closed.

4.2.21 Backwash water Ⅲ b: Open the discharge door, a backwash water.

4.2.22 Water-filled 2:Close the drain gate, it was filled with water. Step sequence time 8 Minutes or f
ull level switching signal.

4.2.23 Filming Wait: Close all valves (except bypass valve) and a pump. Wait for laying, the dosage

required resin powder /Fiber powder,

when laying conditions are met, the next step can be manually.
5 Laying resin-coated powder filter

5.1 Check before laying

5.1.1 Backwash pump inlet, out, syringe pump, the outlet door manually, laying the pump in

let and outlet door is manually opened state; manual laying boxBackwater door in an open

state; Polishing manual bypass valve and a bypass electric door manually adjusted after t

he door in an open state; manual filter out of the water.

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit
5.1.2 The door is in a closed state; the system pneumatic valve is closed; check valve switch are in plac
e.

5.1.3 Filter water damper, an electric polisher bypass door is in automatic mode.

5.1.4 Backwash water pump, keep the pump, syringe pump, laying pumps, mixers mixing box has been power tr
ansmission.
5.2 Resin slurry formulation

5.2.1 Start backwash pump Sheung Shui to the provisions of the mixing tank level.

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit

5.2.2 Outage backwash pumps.

5.2.3 Start mixer.

5.2.4 A predetermined amount of fiber powder was slowly poured into the mixing tank mixing evenly.

5.2.5 After stirring the fiber mixed powder, a predetermined amount of resin powder into a mixing tank sl
owly stirred and mixed uniformly.
5.3 Filter laying step sequence

5.3.1 Mixing tank filled with water 1:Start backwash pump, water inlet valve to open the

mixing tank, the mixing tank filled with water to the resin, the resin starts the stirrer.

When the resin mix tank high level, the next transfer sequence.

5.3.2 Injection preparation: open the filter inlet, a resin gate, the pump start laying, laying and chec
k the tank fill level, if the level is low (less than

500mm ), The water-filled tank to laying, if the normal level, then go to the next step.

5.3.3 Resin injection 1:A resin injection pump outlet door open, a resin injection pump s

tart, starts the injected resin into the filter. When the mixing tank level is low, the re

sin injection pump stops, the exit door closed, next step.

5.3.4 Mixing tank filled with water 2:Mixing the resin tank filled with water again. Star

t backwash pumps, mixing tank water inlet valve open, high water to the mixing tank level.

Stop backwash pumps, and take the next step. .

5.3.5 Resin injection 2:Open the exit door and resin injection pump again, the resin inj

ection. When the mixing tank level is low, the resin injection pump stop, exit doors clos

ed, and the next turn.

5.3.6 OPERATION Wait: laying into the resin and the pump, holding open out, laying is completed, into the
waiting step sequence. You can go through a stepwise manner

Put into operation step sequence.


6 Powder resin-coated filter into operation

6.1 Resin-coated powder before checking the filter into operation

6.1.1 Equipment for condensate treatment system to conduct a comprehensive inspection to confirm with sta
rt conditions.

6.1.2 Check condensate treatment system All valves in the standby state, the signal fed back to be consis
tent in situ with the host computer.

6.1.3 Check condensate treatment system of the solenoid valve is in automatic mode switches all cabinets.

6.1.4 Check the compressed air system is normal.

6.1.5 Laying has been completed filter; and holding the pump operating normally.

6.1.6 Program control binding table, check the correct position pneumatic valve in place.

6.1.7 Polishing check bypass valve is turned manually; the filter inlet and outlet door is manually opene
d state.

12
2 × 350MWChemical unit
6.2 Filter into operation step sequence

6.2.1 Switching to the holding: holding the pump starting and exit doors, laying off the p

ump and the resin exit gate, the system enters the hold state, artificialWay to the next

step.

6.2.2 Boost: Open door boosting, the same pressure and the filter line.

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.2.3 Commissioning Preparations: Turn Boost door, open the door out of the water filter.

6.2.4 Completed and put into operation: close the bypass valve, filter formally put into operation.
7 High-speed mixed bed operation

7.1 Checks before start

7.1.1 All repair work ticket system has been recovered.

7.1.2 Check the pressure in the air tank 0.6MPa the above.

7.1.3 Should the solenoid valve box transmission, an air, with the operating conditions.

7.1.4 All instrumentation (pressure gauges, conductivity meter, etc.) are in good standby.

7.1.5 High speed mixed bed should all the valves in a standby state, such as inlet and outlet valves are
in the open state manually.

7.1.6 The recirculation pump and motor in good standby state.

7.1.7 All analytical instruments, instruments, medicines should be complete and intact. Control room, the
scene all lighting should be sufficient.

7.1.8 Program-controlled system to work, the screen no abnormal phenomenon. No system leaks, air leaks, t
he system bypass should be fully open.

7.1.9 Mixed bed exit door open sampling, sample rack cooling water is turned on.
7.2 Automatically put into operation

7.2.1 Open mixed bed control window needs to put into operation, "Auto" mode screen in a high speed mixed
bed.

7.2.2 Press the "standby" button, at which time the bed is switched from the high-speed mixed "off" state
to the "standby" state.

7.2.3 Press the "Run" button, then high-speed mixed bed into the recycle program automatic

ally performs high-speed mixed bed recycling program, recycling is completedAfter the hig

h-speed mixed bed automatically put into operation.

7.2.4 Press ⑴, ⑵, ⑶ another step put into operation high-speed mixed bed. High speed mixing bedside wa
y valve closes automatically.
7.3 Automatic shutdown

7.3.1 Open mixed bed control window needs to put into operation, "Auto" mode screen in a high speed mixed
bed.

7.3.2 Click on "standby" button, a high speed mixer-way valve automatically opens to the bedside 100%.
Mixed bed out of operation.

7.3.3 If you need a high-speed mixed bed into the "off" state, click on the "off" button,

high-speed mixed bed automatic pressure relief, complete relief after entering"Offline" s

tate.

7.3.4 To further a high-speed mixed bed out of operation, according ⑴, ⑵, ⑶ steps.


7.4 Manual (point operations) put into operation

7.4.1 Open mixed bed control window needs to put into operation, select "point operation" mode screen in

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit
a high speed mixed bed.

7.4.2 High-speed mixed bed by recycling into operation step sequence sequentially operating points, respe
ctively, put into operation two high-speed mixed bed.

7.4.3 Click-valve high-speed mixed bedside "off" button, the bypass valve is closed.

7.4.4 Polishing the sample holder adjusting the valves, instrumentation line put into operation.

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

7.5 Manual (operation) outage

7.5.1 Open mixed bed control window needs to put into operation, select "point operation" mode screen in
a high speed mixed bed.

7.5.2 High speed mixing valve passage to bedside 100% .

7.5.3 Turn off the high speed mixed bed outlet valve, the inlet valve.

7.5.4 High-speed mixed bed relief valve opens, the pressure relief closed.

7.5.5 To another high-speed mixed bed out of operation, according ⑴ - ⑷ steps.


7.6 Operation and maintenance supervision

7.6.1 Always check the sample rack hydrogen conductance exchange resin column is invalid.

7.6.2 Strict control of high-speed mixed-bed water quality indicators. High-speed mixed be

d close to the failure to increase the number of tests. During system operation, should be

preventedSimultaneous failure of two high-speed mixed bed.

7.6.3 When the unit start-up phase required for the high speed mixing bedside valve, condensate pass only
through the prefilter, until Fe<1000μ g / L .

7.6.4 Regardless of the operating mode in a high speed mixed bed, and the opening state mu

st be timely periodic inspection of the bypass valve and high-speed mixed bed inlet and ou

tlet valvesis it right or not. When the bypass valve opening degree and was found incorre

ct state, through the emergency bypass valve should open the bypass valve opening button,

then the next operation.

7.6.5 Always check the high-speed mixed bed pressure, flow rate, pressure and temperature must not exceed
the allowable value.

7.6.6 And high-speed mixed bed into operation in place generally does not permit shutdown solenoid valve
box operation, to prevent misoperation.
7.7 Run step sequence (time meter)

7.7.1 High-speed mixed bed from shutdown to standby

High-speed mixed bed step sequence table to the standby outage

time Open valves open pump / Fan Description


step (Minute)
Outage - - must ensure that the mixed bed is
filled with water mixed
bed booster valve openi
ng 60 se
conds,
Mixed bed boost doors And the mixed bed in front
Boost 1 - of the inlet air, after
Pressure is less than
When 0.1MPa,
boost success
spare --- mixed bed into a standby state
7.7.2 High speed from the standby to run mixed bed

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

High-speed mixed bed operation step sequence table used


time
step Open valves open pump / Fan Description
(Minute)
Alternate - - - Mixed bed in a standby
mixed bed state
The door opened mixed b
Mixed bed 1 Mixed bed boost door - ed boost start 60
boost s Second, the door and th
e mixed bed inlet air
Front and rear pressure
is less than 0.1MPa

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

, The boost
Open wat Mixed bed success
1
erdoor -
entrance door
Mixed bed recirculation p
Open rec
ump exit door
yclingRi
Mixed bed
ng the d entrance d
oor oor
1 Mixed bed recirculation p -
ump exit door
Recycling Total mixed bed recirculati
ng pump inlet door
Mixed bed
Close re When the recycled ef
entrance d
cycle oor fluent quality requi
dRing 5 Mixed bed recirculation p Recircul rements, stop the re
pumps ump exit door ation pu circulation pump
mp
Close re At this time, the do
cycle or remains open wate
Mixed bed
dRing 1
entrance door r
the d Mixed bed After this step, the mixe
oor exit door d bed is at
Running state
Open mix - Point should be manually
ed bed operated to close a high
The wa speed mixer
ter ga Bedside door to a respect
te ive passage opening.

7.7.3 From high speed operation to the standby mixed bed

High-speed operation to the standby mixed bed step sequence table

The step of opening the valve opening time of the pump / Fan Des
cription
Mixed bed entrance door
run- - running mixed bed
Mixed bed exit door
Closing the outle Mixed bed door before the door o
t peration, high-speed mixed bed
1 Mixed bed entrance door - Automatically open the bypass va
door lve opening degree corresponding
Closing
the 1 - At this time, running into a mixed bed standby
inle
t do
or

7.7.4 High speed from the standby to the mixed bed outage

High-speed mixed bed outage step sequence table to the standby

Time be
step
tween Open valves open pump / Fan Description
(Minute)
spare - - - Mixed bed standby state
Mixed bed pressure relief
Press 1 The top of the mixed bed - valve from the drain gate
ure r drain valve s, to be
13
2 × 350MWChemical unit
elief Exhaust valve opening one
minute, and the pressure o
f the mixed bed
Force is less than 0.1MPa,
pressure relief success
After air door is closed,
the mixed bed has been sto
pped in
------ outage Yun state

7.8 High-speed mixed bed regeneration

7.8.1 High-speed mixed bed regeneration process

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Failure Anion Anion resin


High-spe resin Separa resin Yintayangta
ed mixed tion c
bed olumn
Yang resin

Alternate resin

7.8.2 Check before regeneration

7.8.2.1 All repair work ticket system has been recovered.

7.8.2.2 Check the pressure in the gas tank 0.6 ~ 0.8MPa.

7.8.2.3 Should the solenoid valve box transmission, aspirated, programmed control mode should be selected.

7.8.2.4 All instrumentation (pressure gauges, conductivity meter, etc.) are in good standby.

7.8.2.5 Reproduction illumination field should be sufficient.

7.8.2.6 Heating was started the hot water tank, the water temperature meet the requirements of regeneratio
n.

7.8.2.7 The flushing water pump and Roots blower in good standby state, the blower chain sufficient coolin
g water.

7.8.2.8 Acid regeneration, sufficient alkali agent metering tank, dosing pumps entrance door is opened man
ually.
7.8.3 Regeneration step sequence table

(SPTOn behalf of the separation column, ARTRepresentative regenerated anion resin column, CRTRepre
sentative cation resin column and the regeneration column storage)

7.8.3.1 Failure to a separation column from the mixed resin bed

Failure mixed bed resin from the column to a separation step sequenc
e table
time
step (Minute) Open valves open pump / Fan Description
vent 1 The top of the mixed bed air mixed bed drain valve door opening, press
ure relief, pressure smallPress To 0.1Mpa, th
e relief success
Compressed air inlet do Mixed air chamber to maintain t
or mixed bed he top of the bed, the resin is
pressed
air Mixed bed resin e To the separator t
xit gate ank
Ai Mixed bed resi
rb 10 n outlet recircula Compressed
or tion door mixed be air
ne d isolation gates
give a Failure mixed bed r
way esin gate
Failure resin into the e
ntrance door SPT
SPT door bottom d
rainage
Compressed air inlet do Water and maintain its top plen
or mixed bed um, to continue transmission
13
2 × 350MWChemical unit
water Flush door top of Transmitting re
the resin tube sin
gas Mixed bed resin i
nlet door
De Mixed bed resin exit gate
li 20 Mixed bed recirculation doo
Compress
ed air
ve r
r
Rinse water pump
Mixed bed resin exit gate isolation
Failure mixed bed resin gate
Failure resin into the entrance door SPT
SPT door bottom drainage

13
2 × 350MWChemical unit

The top of the mix


ed bed drain valve Mixed bed drainage pipe flushing
simultaneously
Punks bed recirculation door
Bed total mixed bed discharge door
row The bottom of the Rinse wa
3
resin pipe flush door ter pump
Water mixed bed resin exit gate isolation

And mixed bed resins door Failure


Rush SPTFailure resin in
to the access doorwash SPT door botto Ensure that the water within
m drainage the mixed bed put the
net, while the two-wa
The top of the mix
ed bed drain valve y pipeline flushing
Punks bed recirculation door Rinse wa
Bed total mixed bed discharge door ter pump
Flush door bottom row resin pipe
water Mixed bed resin ex
3
it gate isolationAnd mixed bed resins do
or Failure
Rush SPTFailure resin in
to the access doorwash SPT door botto
m drainage
Resin transfer gate
mother tube flushing
water

7.8.3.2 Alternate resin mixed bed column from the male to the

Alternate resin supplied from the mixed bed column from the male step sequence table

step
Time (minutes) Open valves open pump / Fan Description
Suddenly
CRT compressed air
air inlet door
CRT resin exit door
gas Failure mixed bed Compressed
pass 5 resin gate air Intake air pressure, t
Mixed bed resin in Rinse water he resin with the wate
let isolating valv pump r output
e
give a Mixed bed resin inlet
way door
Mixed bed mi
xed bed exha
ust recircul
ation door t
otal gate
CRT bottom water inlet g
water ate
CRT compressed air inlet
door
gas CRT mixed bed
pass resin exit gate d Maintaining an air chamber,
Rinse wa
20 oor Failure resin the male lower tank to facil
give away Mixed bed resin in ter pump
Compress itate transporting loose res
let isolating valv ed air
in water
e
Mixed bed resin in
let door 13
Mixed bed mi
xed bed exha
ust recircul
ation door t
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Positive Failure resin mix Yang water tank up and down at the
4
ed bed dryer door same time, ensure that the tank tr
Bed mixed bed resin inlet isolating valve ee
Rinse water pump
Mixed bed resi Grease is delivered completely
n mixed bed
inlet door m
ixed bed exh
aust recircu
lation door
total gate

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Mix CRT upper drainage valve


bed Resin transfer gate mother
tube flushing water
Enter Failure mixed bed resin
gate
water Mixed bed resin inlet isol
ating valve
and 8 Flush door top of the res Mixed bed inlet to the flushing water
in tube pump operation level switch
tube Mixed bed resin inlet do
or
Road Mixed bed recirculation
Rush door
Total mixed bed discharge gat
e ( 30s after closin
g)
wash
Positi CRT water inlet top door
ve
bed CRTThe top of the drainage valve
Charge 15 Yang flushing water pump tank full
of water to the level switching operation, the standby
water

7.8.3.3 Resin separation (scrubbing resin separation column, and separated out)

Resin separation step sequence table

Step Time
Open valves open pump / Fan Description
Step (min)
A compressed air inl
et door CRT CRT
resin exit door
Empty mixed bed resin gate Failure Rinse water pump
gas 5 Mixed bed resin in Intake air pressure,
the resin with the water output of
let isolating valveMixed bed resin entry compressed air
gate pass
Feeding the mixed bed recirculation door
Total emissions
mixed bed bottom w
ater inlet gate do
or CRT CRT compres
sed air inlet door
water CRTResin exit d
oor
/ ng bed mixed bed resin
20 Failu
gas Mixed bed exhaust recirculati
re mix
De ed bed on door total mixed bed bottom
Mixed bed water inlet gate door CRT CRT
li resin
into CRT top water inlet gate mixed
ve mixed
r bed re bed resin exit gate door Failu
sin in re resin
let ga Mixed bed resin inlet isolating va
te iso lve
lated Mixed bed resin mixed bed inle
Rush t door mixed bed exhaust recir
gate e
wash 4 culation door total gate CRT u
ntranc
Ya e door pper drain valve

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Resin trans Maintain sport
Rinse water pump com
fer gate mo ing an a
pressed air ir chamb
ther tube f
er, the
lushing wat
lower po
er mixed be rtion of
d resin gat the male
e Failure loose wa
ter tank
Yang water tank up and down
To facil
itate re at the same time, ensure tha
Rinse water pump
sin tran t the tank treeGrease is del
ivered completely
water 8 Mixed bed resin in Mixed bed inlet to the flushing water pump opera
let isolating valve tion level switch
And a top resin pipe flush door
Mixed bed resin pipe access door
Recirculation door track mixed bed

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Total red mixed bed discharge gate ( After


30s off) wash

Positive
bed CRTWater inlet
top door 15 Yang flushing water pump tank full of water to t
Charge CRTThe top of t he level switching operation, the standby
he drainage valve
water

7.8.3.4 Regenerated anion resin

Anion resin regeneration step sequence table

step Open pump / wind


Time (minutes) Open valves Say Br
ightStep machine
Press
force Compressed air inle Rinse wa
3.3
t door ARTrow ART central Drain water to a suitable resin su
ter pump
drainage door rface
compress
water ed air
Top ART drain valve
air
ARTRoots blower door bott Starting the fan can not hol
om air inlet d pressure, the tank pressur
gas Rinse wa
ter pump e to be regenerated anion re
sin can be emptied completel
4.0 y into the wind. in
(40s after open
rub ing) Roots bl Under less water situation The
wash Roots blower air duc ower resin can play a good scrubbing e
t to the door ffect
anti- (After 45s off)
wash Top ART drain val
ve 4.0 Backwash flushing water pump water to the resin
Enter A bottom water inl surface level appropriate
et gate ART
water
plus Rinse wa
ter pump 0.5ART Compressed air inlet door
Pressure compressed air gas A certain pressure air chamber

four
week Compressed air inle Regeneration by water distribut
1.0
t door ARTRush ART central drain Rinse
or water pump
suspension the upper row
age door An outer tank
Wa
sh
th
e
bo
tt
om
and Compressed air inle
t door ART
four 1.8 ek D e alkali
Ri i liquid 60
ns l injection
Charge 3.0
e u
we water
t
14
2 × 350MWChemical unit
AR base into the Rinse wa Bottom row by regeneration water d
T door ter pump istributor and the suspension
AR Compress Fully excreted
Tc ed air
ent
ral
bot While female middle tank flu
to shing water is likely to ads
m Rinse wa orb impurities in the middle
dr ter pump of the resin or the base clo
ain th or the like means, filled
do with water to a level switch
or operation
ve Rinse wa
nt ter pump
do metering Note that the dilution water fl
or pump bas ow rate changes, the regenerati
e on concentration of 3 to 4%,And
temperature control 40
℃ about
ART ART
top drain val
ve into the d
oor base (aft
er off 20S)
ART top
water inl
et valve

A
RT
Int
o t
he
bot
tom
of
the
bas
e d
oor
ven
t d
oor
ART
tee
inj
ect
or
tem
per
atu
re-
adj
ust
ing
doo
r a
lka
li

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

ART ART do
or bottom into t
ART Pulse generating keeper resin
Put 30 he base temper
Rinse wa outlet (Per
change ature-adjusting
ter pump 300 seconds Open 5 seconds)
door vent door t
fast ee
Resin transfer gate m
speed To facilitate rapid flow when
drift 10 other tube flushing w
Rinse wa regeneration is not displaced
ater
Wa ter pump
ART resin exit gate (puls to the retention of ions, AR
sh T resin outlet keeper generates a
e) at the top ART A
th pulse (turned on for five seconds
RT bottom drain wat
e every 300 seconds)
er inlet valve gate (
to Resin transfer gate m
p other tube flushing w
ater
ART resin exit gate (puls
e)
Press Compressed air inlet do Rinse wa
3.3 ter pump Drain water to a suitable resin su
or ART
row ART central drainage rface
Compress
door ed air
water
Top ART drain valve
air ART bottom air inlet blower d
oor
gas
4.0 Roots blower
(After opening
rub Rinse water pump
40s) to duct air blo
wash wer door
anti- (After 45s off)

wash Top ART drain val


ve 4.0 Rinse water pump
Enter A bottom water inl
et gate ART
water
plus A certain air pressure chamb
0.5ART
er for aeration Compressed air entrance door
Pressure to prepare
four
week Compressed air inle Compress
1.0
tRush
door ART ART central draina ed air f
ge door lushing
water pu
wash
mp
botto
m
unit
and Compressed air inle
t door ART Compressed air
Drainage into
Fo 1.2 ART ART centr the flushing water pump disc
harge anhydrous
ur al bottom drain
we door vent door

AR AR T
T ART ART top drain valve into the door base (after
2.8
Charge off 20S)
Wat ART top of the water inlet valve (
er
14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

ART top
water inl Filled with water to th
et valve A large anion resin to flow quickl
e flushing water pump o
peration level switch y rinsed;
most when DD when less than 5μ s / cm, th
15 ART bottom drainage door Rinse wa
end en rinsing
ART sampling gate (opening 3 ter pump
ri End. If within the set time,
minutes)
ns does not meet the requiremen
in ts, they should identify the
g cause of the alarm

7.8.3.5 Yang resin regeneration

Preparation male resin regeneration step sequence table

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Step Time
Open valves open pump / Fan Description
Step (min
) Pres
s
force CRTCompressed air in Rinse water pump
let door3.6 Compressed air
row CRTCentral drainag
e door
water
air CRTThe top of the d Rinse water pump
rainage valve
gas CRTRoots blower door bott
om air inlet
rub 4.0 (40s after opening)
Roots blower
wash Roots blower to duct air door (
After 4
anti- 5s
turn off)
wash CRTThe top of t Rinse water pump
5.2
drainage valve CRT bottom water inlet ga
Ente
he
r te
wate
r
Pr
es 0.5 CRT compressed air inlet d Compress
su oor ed air
ri Resin surface drainage into plac
za e
ti
on
four
week CRTA compressed air inlet door flushi
1.0 ng water pump Cation resin with less amo
Rush
CRT central drainage door unt of water by the air sc
wash rubbing
bott
om

Charge
4.0 CRTAcid drainage va
Rinse wa
water lve into the top of the ter pump
door CRT (OFF after 20
Di S)
lu Top CRT water inlet v An upper portion of the tank a c
te alve ertain positive pressure air
Rinse wa
ac ter pump
id CRT acid into the d
oor
liquid 70 change CRT bottom drainage door
In 30 Acid into an acid ejector gate
je
ct fast CRTAcid into the bottom door vent door C
io RT
speed
n drift 10 Resin transfer gate mother tube CRT resin flushing
se Wash the top water outlet door (pulse) at the top CRT water inl
t et valve
CRTDoor bottom drain resin transfer gate mot
14
2 × 350MWChemical unit
her tube
Acid metering pump roo
CRT resin m
flushing Rinse water pump tank to be scrubbed down f
water out ines inIn the lower pa
let door rt is washed out.
(pulse)
Rinse water pump tank to be scrub
bed down fines inCentra Central water for flushing may a
l is washed out dsorb
Press CRTCompressed air Rinse wa
3.6 ter pump Foreign particles on the c
inlet door
row CRTCentral dra loth middle acid plant, fi
Compress
inage door ed air lled with water to a level
water switch operation

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit

CRTDrainage valve t
air The male injection tank dilu
gas op CRT bottom air inlet bl
5.0 Rinse wa te acid solution, to be note
ower door
rub ter pump d that concentration or cont
(After opening
wash Roots bl rols the flow of water and a
40s) to duct air blo
ower cid (1-4%), to make certain
anti- wer door
adjustments, if necessary,
(After 45s off)
Top CRT drain valve
wash Rins
5.2 CRTA bottom water inlet gate
Enter e water pump
water
plus The male a certain pressure air tank
Compressed air
0.5 CRTCompressed air Rinse wa
ter pump Room, to power aeration
Press
inlet door

four
week CRTCompressed air Rinse water pump
1.0 Exclude impurities and small par
Rush door
inlet CRT central drain ticles as possible
age door
wash
bott
om
unit
Rinse water pump
and CRT compressed air inlet d Exclude impurities and small par
oor ticles as possible
four 1.8 CRTCentral drai
week nage door
CRTBottom drain
age door

water 5.2 Rinse wa


CRT acid into the door (af ter pump Switching to full water level
ter off 20S) CRT top
water inlet valve

most Yang resin for high-volume rap


Rinse water pump
end CRT CRT botto id drift Wash, when
drift 15 m drain water in DD Less than 5μ s / cm, the
let valve top do The first end of the drift
wash
or But if the water drainage
CRT sampling gate (opening within the set time has no
3 minutes) t yet meet the requirement
s, they should identify th
e cause of the alarm

7.8.3.6 Female to male resin column

Yin Yang resin column step sequence to the table

Step Time
Open valves open pump / Fan Description
Step (min
) fast
speed ART top water inl Compressed air inlet door
ART
water
et valve 3
drift ART bottom drain
age door
wash

14
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Rinsing the anion resin b
Rinse water pump
efore the delivery is to ensure that
Anion resin mass before tr Lower tank water female loose re
ansport sin, top

gas A bottom water inl


10 et gate ART Rinse wa A certain pressure of the
pass
ter pump intake air chamber formed
give away The resin exit g
compress in the resin feed
ate ART CRT C
ed air
RT bottom drai
n resin inlet gat
e door

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

An
io
n
be Upper female water tank, t
d Rinse wa he tank is to ensure that
ART top water inle
Drench t valve ter pump the resin is not residual
A bottom water inlet
gate ART
wash
3ART Resin exit door
tree
CRTResin inlet
door
fat
CRTBottom drain
Flushing the resin bidirectional
age door Rinse wa
pipeline
lose ter pump
give away
ART top bottom dra
in valve mixed bed res
in pipe flush door A tank filled with water for the
tube female after step
Mixed bed resin exi
t gate isolation
Road
2 Failure mixed
bed resin red door
CRTResin inlet
door
wash
CRTBottom drain
age door
Resin transfer gate
mother tube flushing
water
Yin
bed Top ART drain valv
e
5 Rinse wa Prepared, filled with water to a
Charge ARTTop water inlet valve
ter pump level switch movable
Make
water

7.8.3.7 Air mixing male resin column and rinsed standby Yin Yang

Mixing the resin and rinsing the standby step sequence table

time
step (Minute) Open valves open pump / Fan Description

CRTTop water
Filled with water 5 inlet valve dr Filled with water to the flushing water pu
ainage valve a mp operation level switch
t the top CRT

CRTCentral air i Male drainage tank to


drain 4 nlet vent door aRinse watersurface-resins
suitable pump
in the door CRT Put

CRTDrainage valve t
op CRT bottom air inlet bl
ower door
Air mix water (After opening 4
Close 7
Air mix 0s) to duct air blowe
r door
Merge row
6
15
2 × 350MWChemical unit
(After Rinse water pump in layer or the water
We must
45s of Roots blower ensure t discharged from the ob
f) hat the servation scope is sti
resin is rred into the resin ca
CRTDrain mixed n no longer While the dr
age valve top Rinse water pump Roots blo ain side to ensure that th
CRT bottom air wer e scrubbing side will not r
inlet blower d Whe e-isolated resin
oor n t
CRT cen he
tral drain res
age door

CRTTop water
Filled with water 6 inlet valve dr Filled with water to the flushing water pu
ainage valve a mp operation level switch
t the top CRT

CRTTop water inlet valve When the conductivity is le


ss than 0.2 μ s / cm
Quick drift When, rinsing will end, and
CRT bottom drainage door Rinse wa if
wash 15 CRT sampling gate (opening ter pump
3 minutes) To set the alarm time
has not reached the st
andard

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

7.8.3.8Resin column from the anode to the separation column (if unqualified resin regeneration, for this step sequen

Resin column to the separation column from the anode step sequence table

step time Open valves Open the pump / fan Explanation


Step airborne
(Minute)
give away
CRT compressed air inlet door
CRTFailure resin into the resin exit gate SPTair
Compressed SPT bottom inlet door vent door air inlet do
0.5 Failure resin into the entrance door SPTRinse water pump
SPTDoor bottom drain water inlet top door CRT CRT CRT resin botto
Failure resin into the entrance door SPT
SPT door bottom drainage
water
gas Compressed air
Deliver 5 Rinse water pump Backwash water to facilitate delivery

Positive
Bed shower Can ensure that no resin residue male
wash 3 Rinse water pump

pass
Lipid conduitThe
pipe flushing
bottom cation
of the resinbed charge
pipe flush door
water Mixed bed resin exit gate isolation
1 # mixed bed resin gate Failure
2 Rinse water pump
Failure SPT resin into the bottom inlet door vent door SPT To ensure that no residual resin pipe
Resin transfer gate mother tube flushing water

CRTWater inlet top door Ensure sun-bed full of water, filled with
15 Rinse water pumpSwitching operation
CRTThe top of the drainage valve

7.8.4 Renewable Notes

7.8.4.1 Output from the high speed mixed bed resin column and the male inputted from the r

esin, the need to confirm the delivery to the site if completely prevent clogging of a re

sin pipe, A safety valve so that pipe, causing resin leakage.

7.8.4.2 After the first stratification and the second stratification, the need to confirm

the site for delamination, interfacial delamination confirm the cation and anion resin wa

shing, delamination interface levelnormal.

7.8.4.3 Note that the acid concentration control 4.5% Or so, the regeneration flow 7- 8 Ton /Hour
s, the alkaline regeneration fluid temperature 35~ 40About deg.] C.

7.8.4.4 Column should be regenerated male resin mixed well.

7.8.4.5 Male and female, respectively, the resin column was rinsed end DD <5μ s

/ cm;The final rinse male end of the mixed resin column DD <0.1μ

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit
s / cm.

7.8.4.6 Regeneration operation can only select the "Auto" mode on the control principle, prohibition arbi
trarily selected "manual" control mode and the electromagnetic situ

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Operating the valve housing.

7.8.4.7 Note that the regeneration ultrafiltration against overpressure with Roots blower, when the o

utlet pressure reaches 0.1MPa , Roots blower will be delayed

15 After the second automatic shutdown.

7.8.4.8 Regeneration process, the alkali strengthen the inspection system, the regeneration preventing flu
id leakage.

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter hydrogen plant operating procedures


1 System Overview

1.1 CNDQ10 / Hydrogen apparatus constituting 3.2

Providing a set of 10Nm3 / h, 3.2MPa In water electrolysis hydrogen pressure means, in order

to meet 2 × 350MWCrew complement of hydrog

en under normal operating conditions and accumulated within the specified time from a generator to

charge the amount of hydrogen required for a start. Set of equipment includes the electrolytic cel

l, a frame (including a separator, cooled

, A dryer, lye circulation pump, etc.), frame two (including piping, valves, pressure ga

uges, pressure reducer), the frame three (including demineralized water tank, piston, et

c.), in addition to brine closed cooling apparatus, hydrogen storage tank, compressed ai

r storage tank, and the electrical and control system equipment,

Pipes, valves and the necessary instrumentation.


1.2 principle

The following electrochemical reaction occurs when a direct current is applied to the upper electrod
e :

anode 4OH- → O2 + 2H 2O + 4e -

cathode 4H 2 O + 4e -
→ 2H 2 + 4OH

Complete reaction formula 2H 2 O → 2H 2 + O 2

Hydrogen and oxygen generated by the upper electrode by the isolation diaphragm to prevent its recom
bination polar.

Direct current through the electrolytic cell to generate hydrogen gas bubbles which

with electrolyte circulation to the top of the electrolysis chamber by two separate feed

channelsLine collection. Two outflow through the outlet, into the cell by the gas separa

tor, and this gas separation by the gas separator

Hydrogen into the gas scrubber ( RC_ KOH. Finally, a separate gas enter (C_H and C_O) and filtered thr
H) To remove the residual s heat exchanger ough a coalescing

Through a filter.
1.3 hydrogen production system

1.3.1 Hydrogen, oxygen system

1.3.1.1 Decomposing the raw material water in the electrolytic cell DC action,In the electrolytic cell the
cathode, the anode surface generate hydrogen, oxygen.

1.3.1.2 Out from the electrolytic cell through the lye hydrogen and the cathode side electrode block

flow through the airway vents ,Flows from the negative

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit
pole terminal block ,Into the hydrogen separator,Liquid separation by gravity ,

Washing the separated hydrogen gas into the hydrogen gas scrubber ,Then after removing the

regulator valve drops into the dryer through the top catch dehumidified by the hydrogen storage syst

em enters standby dropwise.

1.3.1.3 Oxygen process similar to the above procedure. After washing but no oxygen, vented directly throug
h an oxygen separator after separation.
1.3.2 Electrolyte circulation system

Out entrained hydrogen and oxygen from the hydrogen separator in the electrolytic cell lye and oxyge
n separator , Respectively, hydrogen, oxygen partial gr
avity

Off, after cooling coils , Electrolyte

through hydrogen, oxygen at the bottom of the separator through a filter communication pipe int

o the circulation pump And then form

ed into the cell electrolyte circulation system.


1.3.3 Complement system

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.3.3.1 Supplementary demineralized water

a) Water in the tank by injection of hydrogen is injected into the scrubber pump ,First washe

d for cooling ,Then the hydrogen separator via a pipe into the overflow,

Through the circulation pump into the electrolytic cell, electrolysis of the water is constantl

y replenished starting material consumed.

b) Note: In the case of normal operation, usually only to the hydrogen replenishment scrubber.

c) Warning: pay, prohibit the same time open up base ball, or it may cause an explosion resulting in mi
xed hydroxide.

1.3.3.2 Supplementary lye

a) Water electrolysis process ,Alkali play a role in increasing the conductivity ,In
theory does not consume alkali ,Normal operation usually without added base ,If it proves necess
ary when the supplementary base ,

Oxygen may be fed directly into the separator by injection pump. Up into lye after f

inished, some starting material may be supplemented into the water to clean the pipe

s, the ball valve is then cut to the hydrogen side of the scrubber.

b) Note: When you fill in lye,Makeup valve should be closed ,Avoid alkali scrubber was added to the hyd
rogen.

1.3.3.3 Cooling water system

a) The first way:Into the thyristor rectifier cabinet cooling element.

b) The second way:By entering the cooling water regulating valves are hydrogen, oxygen separator

inside the flexible tube ,In the cooling cycle lye ,The cont

rol system so as to achieve operating temperature.

c) The third way:A gas cooler into the interior of the flexible tube ,To cool the hydrogen, this is nor
mally the cooling water flow.

d) The fourth way: as a seal of replenishment.

1.3.3.4 The system was purged with nitrogen

Charging nitrogen into the system , Airtightness test for the system was purged with nitrog

en before the start. When nitrogen source of nitrogen gas hose temporary connection without met

al pipes with nitrogen gas supply pipe is fixedly connected.

1.3.3.5 Sewage sy

stem is divided

into three sewag

e pipes

a) First place:Framework of a sewage outfall. (Lye filter blowdown)

b) Second place:Water is discharged in the gas-water separator.

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit
c) Third place:Framework three outfalls. (Add water discharge means with alkali)

1.3.3.6 Equipmen
t specification
name Call Specifications a unit Quan Place of Manufacturer
No. nd models tity origin
1 Frame Ⅰ CNDQ-10 / 3.2 set 1
1.1 Electrolyzer CNDQ-10 / 3.2 station 1 Handan 718
1.2 Gas separati CNDQ-10 / 3.2 set 1 Handan 718
on device
1.3 Hydrogen dry CNDQ-10 / 3.2 set 1 Handan 718
ing apparatu
s
1.4 Hydrogen dra CNDQ-10 / 3.2 station 1 Handan Tenda
inage water
seal

15
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.5 Pipeline explosion-proof corrugated flame arrester DN20 / DN32 station 2


Shanghai Luding
1.6 Lye circulating pump F84 station 1 Dalian Empire
2 Ⅱ frame (gas distribution
device) CNDQ-10 / 3.2 set 1 Handan 718
3 Frame Ⅲ CNDQ-10 / 3.2 set 1 Handan 718
2
3.1 Raw water tank 0.219m station 1 Handan 718

3.2 Lye box 0.219m 3


station 1 Handan 718
3.3 Add water pump PJ1.6 station 1 Hangzhou Big Spring

4 Gas storage system

4.1 Hydrogen Tank 13.9m 3


station 3 Handan Tenda

4.2 Compressed air tank 5m0.8MPa


3
station 1 Handan Tenda

4.3 Corrugated pipe proof corrugated flame arrester units 3 Shan


ghai Luding
5 Closed cooling water system CLZ-100 set 1 Handan 718

1.3.3.7 Performance parameters


No. Parameter name list Bit parameter
1 Hydrogen production Nm3 / h 10
2 Oxygen production Nm3 / h 5
3 Hydrogen purity % ≥ 99.8
4 Oxygen purity % ≥ 99.2
5 Hydrogen pressure Mpa3.2
6 Working temperature ℃ 85-90
7 After dry hydrogen dew point ℃ -50
8 DC power consumption kWh / NmH
3
2 ≤ 4.8
3
9 Hydrogen alkali content Mg / nm ≤ 1
10 DC rated current A820
11 Rated voltage DC V58
12 Rectifier transformer capacity kVA80
13 Raw water consumption Kg / h10
14 Conductivity ≤ 5us / cm The chloride content
Raw water quality requirements <2mg / l, suspension
<1mg / l
15 Alkali concentrat 26 ~ 30% KO
ion H
16 Hydrogen outlet ℃ ≤ 40
temperature
17 Temperature dryi ℃ 220 to 280
ng temperature
18 Drying temperatu ℃ 170
re of the heatin
g
19 Switching cycle H twenty four
dryer

1.3.3.8 Means operating conditions water electrolysis hydrogen

ir
Instru
ment a
16
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Pressure (MPa) 0.5 to 0.7
Coolin
g wate
3
Consumption (m / h ) 3.5
r
Temperature (deg.] C) ≤ 32

Pressure (MPa) 0.4 to 0.6, the return pressure ≤ 0.1

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Water quality (of Germany) ≤ 6


3
The amount of (m / h) 3
Power capacity (KW) Means single 150KWAC380V
Phase four-wire

Ambient temperature 0 ~ 45

1.3.3.9 Hydrogen plant process


Oxygen gas separator cell Oxygen cooler Oxygen coalescence filterOxygen evacuated mother tube

Hydrogen gas separator Hydrogen scrubber Hydrogen cooler Hydrogen coalescence filter

Deaerator Deoxy cooler Hydrogen Dryer A hydrogen storage tank


2 Before you start the hydrogen plant

2.1 Hydrogen production system of cleaning:

2.1.1 The inspection system all valves are in a closed state.

2.1.2 Alkali tank inlet valve opens, demineralized water is injected into the base box, until up the wate
r, close the inlet valve.

2.1.3 Ⅲ outlet valve open frame, base frame Ⅰ inlet valve, bypass valve hydrogen gas, ox

ygen gas bypass valve box base addition salt rely on self-flow potentialInto the system.

2.1.4 First open circulation pump outlet valve after the exhaust valve closes the exhaust

gas until the effluent water, and then open the circulation pump outlet valve body (behin

d the circulation pump), the valve is closed until the effluent water.

2.1.5 The control cabinet circulating pump select switch to the control "Manual ", click on" star

t "button to start the circulation pump, slowly open the flow rate control valve, the base addit

ion salt into the tank system, when the level was raised to hydrogen, oxygen level gauge when th

e central separator, closes the flow control valve, stop the pump, close the box

A base frame Ⅲ tank outlet valve, inlet valve base.

2.1.6 Alkali lye into the open filter valve, an upper portion of the filter lye exhaust va

lve, the exhaust valve to be an upper effluent water, close the upper discharge valve. hit

Opening an exhaust valve on the circulation pump, the gas to be drained, the closed.

2.1.7 Alkali lye filter out open valve, the gas to be drained, close the exhaust valve, st

arting the circulation pump, opens the flow control valve, regulating the pump flowThe max

imum amount to flush the system one hour

2.1.8 Closes the flow control valve, the circulation pump stops. Filter off the alkali lye

valve, the valve is opened and the frame back to the base frame Ⅰ Ⅲ intake valve and an

alkali base boxDrain valve, to start the circulation pump, slowly open the base valve Ⅰ

frame, into the sewage drain tank base.

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2.1.9 As described above is repeated 2~ 3 Times until the discharge of the cleaning liquid.
2.2 Air tightness test

2.2.1 Ready to work

2.2.1.1 Starting the circulation pump, slowly open the flow regulating valve, the tank b

ase addition salt into the hydrogen production system to the hydrogen and oxygen separa

tors level gaugePortion, closing the flow control valve, stop the pump.

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.2.1.2 Close all valves connected to the outside of the hydrogen production system, the nitrogen source
and the upper filter lye exhaust valve, the valve nitrogen drying system

connection.
2.2.2 Charge pressure test

2.2.2.1 Close all valves in the system.

2.2.2.2 Opening the upper filter lye exhaust valve, the valve nitrogen drying system, into

the system and the system purged with nitrogen by slowly raising the system pressureSyste

m working pressure3.2 MPa , Filter off lye upper exhaust valve, the valve nitrogen drying

system.

2.2.2.3 Check system gas path all valves, fittings, and pipe flange connections for leak

s and weld parts each part was a seamless pathliquid. After confirming no leakage, pres

sure twenty four Hours, average hourly leakage does not exceed 3.2 MPa 0.5% were qua

lified.

2.2.2.4 Slowly open the purge valve outlet of the circulation pump and the exhaust valve on the circulatio
n pump, after the gas drained off.

2.2.2.5 Starting the circulation pump the desalinated water circulating in the system to play, cleaning s
ystem for one hour. Hydroxide, then hydrogen system pressure bypass valve

Unloading to normal pressure by nitrogen drying system pressure relief valve to the drying syste

m 1.0MPa . Closes the flow control valve, t

he circulation pump stops. Filter off the alkali lye valve, the valve is opened and the electrol

ytic cell back to the base frame Ⅲ intake valve and an alkali base tank drain valve, to start t

he circulation pump, slowly open the frame Ⅰ

A base valve, the water will drain the water into the tank base.
2.3 Electrolytic Solution

2.3.1 After the completion of the preparatory work ,First, the entire device to use a dilute alk

ali (15% KOH) Test, the system is clean. After running the dilute alkali dilute alkali emptyin

g,Then charged with concentrated alkali (30% KOH , A fraction of the vanadium pentoxide

)A formal run. Lye formulated as follows :

And the preparation of electrolyte KOHThe number in the following table:

model
CNDQ10 / 3.2
name

Potassium hydroxide (kg) 100

Electrolyte (liters) 160

AR V 2O5 Kg0.42

2.3.2 Open base box desalinated water inlet valve ,The volume of the electrolytic solution with
16
2 × 350MWChemical unit
,Injecting an appropriate volume of saline in addition to an alkali tank , Close base add

ition salt tank inlet valve.

2.3.3 Open base frame Ⅲ tank outlet valves, valve base frame into Ⅰ ,At this time, the other v

alve is in a closed position ,Open circulating pump outlet discharge valve and the exhaus

t valve exhaust circulating pump body ,After the liquid flows off the circulation pump and the cir

culation pump door air outlet exhaust valve ,Starting the circulation

pump, slowly open the base valve Ⅰ frame,The maximum amount of the cycle. The base lid open ,Afte

r the potassium hydroxide was slowly poured into the tank base, dissolved completely, specific grav

ity measurement

Prepare a proportion of the electrolyte , So as to meet the requirements. (The

preparation of concentrated bases ,It was added in just a fraction of the co

mpletely dissolved solution pentoxideV) When the solution was cooled to 50 When ℃, lye may

be formulated into the interior of the system by a circulation pump. Open hydrogen, oxygen byp

ass valve, closed

Ⅲ base tank base frame back valve, the base frame Ⅰ valves, flow regulating valves. Check valve positi
on after the correct ,An exhaust valve opens the exhaus
t outlet of the circulation pump ,Wait

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

After the lye shut out of circulation pump outlet exhaust valve ,And then start the circul

ation pump ,Slowly open the flow regulating valve ,Lye and hydrogen into

the cell, oxygen separator,When the liquid level was raised to a quarter of the level gauge split

ter ,Closes the flow control valve ,Stop the pump.

2.3.4 The small amount of remaining alkali lye in-box ,By complement alkali lye is pumped into the sys
tem and the remaining lye circulation system. Alkali lye storage tanks not

More than one month.


2.4 Nitrogen purge

The hydrogen production system with all valves closed external connection , Then open th

e exhaust valve base and filter catchy valve nitrogen drying system, the apparatusThe system by feeding

nitrogen pressure was raised 1MPa,Close the filter base catchy exhaust valve, t

he valve nitrogen drying system, by hydrogenolysis, and dry oxygen bypass valve

Dry nitrogen valve system , The system pressure was reduced to 0.1 ~ 0.2MPa. Repeat 2 ~ 3 time
s.
3 Preparing fairing boot

3.1 Rectifying inspection apparatus intact, sufficient cooling water.

3.2 Carefully check the joints rectifier transformer rectifier cabinet and each loop ,To prevent short c
ircuits.

3.3 Between the poles of the cell block check, presence or absence of a short circuit between the positiv
e and negative rectifier cabinet or copper metal conductors, and found to be negative.

3.4 The rectifier cabinet "Auto / Manual"Switch to "Manual "position, the" regul
ator / steady flow "Go switch "Regulators "position.
4 Controls preparation before the start

4.1 Pneumatic part

4.1.1 The instrument was purged with clean compressed air valve and automatic gas supply line.

4.1.2 Line leak detection gas source ,In particular signal line can not be tainted point.

4.1.3 ON gas source,See whether the air pressure in the normal range ,The lower limit alarm

of the air pressure setting in 0.4MPa, The electrical converter suppliedThe regulator pressure o

f the air filter's tuning in 0.4MPa, Pneumatic valve supplying air pressure setting of the rel

ief valve in filter 0.5MPa .


4.2 Electrical parts

4.2.1 No short-circuit fault with a multimeter to check each circuit ,Each fuse normal ;Each ind
icator is no damage ;Grounding resistance is less than liquid processor 4Ω.

4.2.2 Circulation pump switch " Automatic "position,Add water pump switch "Automati
c "position.

4.2.3 Connected to the mains.

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

4.2.4 Before a new device without lye into the separator ,Adjust the meter to zero.

4.2.5 Check hydrogen separator liquid level in place.

4.2.6 The system pressure switch, the hydrogen pressure switch valve tuning parameter to a predetermined
value.

4.2.7 The oxygen in the bath temperature setting Interlocking 92℃. (Bath temperature value on line Inter
locking)

4.2.8 Check a hydrogen oxygen analyzer desiccant table, the normal state boronic acid.
5 Dilute alkali test

5.1 After the above preparations are completed ,Test can be carried out wi
th dilute alkali. The purpose of cleaning the electrolytic cell further ,The control system trouble
shooting

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

In addition to the control and parameter setting and adjustment.

5.2 Start circulation pump

5.3 PC by starting the circulation pump, by adjusting the circulating volume flow regulating valve, in it
s control 0.45~ 0.65m3 / h

5.4 Click on the host computer "Boot "command.

5.5 Open rectifier cabinet

5.5.1 Manually open the rectifier cabinet

The main power supply is turned on, press the "start trigger" Clockwise rotational adjustment "a

given voltage" potentiometer , Observe the hydrogen, oxygen separator liquid level, the liqu

id level rises too quickly and prevent excessive deviation level. When the output voltage reaches th

e rated value Stopping adjusting the output voltage. With the bath temperature rises,Current rise ,

When the current reaches the rated value , The "given voltage" counterclockwise potentiometer adjuste

d to zero , Press the "Trigger Stop" button , Then the "regulator /

Steady flow "switch to the" steady flow "file , Press "Start Trigger" button ,

Tune "a given current" potentiometer to a rated current.

5.5.2 Rectifier cabinet automatic operation

The rectifier cabinet "Auto / Manual "switch to" Auto ".

When automatic operation , Rectifier cabinet can manuall

y adjust the output current in the host computer, the host computer may also be automatically controlled to inc

rease the current until the rating.

5.6 System control parameters to adjust the operation of the apparatus.

5.7 The system is running, the system pressure, and the bath temperature may be PC automatically given; k
eyboard input values can also be given.

5.8 Gas Purity Analysis

After the system is stable ,Automatically sampling, purity analysis.

5.9 Shutdown

5.9.1 In the bath temperature reaches the rated operating temperature, tank pressure reaches the rate

d working pressure begins to stop after two hours. Click on the host computer "Stop ", t

he first stop rectifier cabinet, and then relief,The system pressure drop to zero. Cooling water to

adjust the maximum valve opening degree, 30 Minutes later, turn off the

circulation pump. The system was purged with nitrogen 1~ 2 Times. Cutoff control cabin

et, power rectifier cabinet, air, water.

5.9.2 Closes the flow control valve, the circulation pump stops. Filter off the alkali lye

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit
valve, the valve is opened and the electrolytic cell back to the base frame Ⅲ intake valv

e and an alkali base boxDrain valve, to start the circulation pump, slowly open the base

frame Ⅰ valve to drain the system dilute alkali, close all valves Ⅰ frame connected to

the outside.

5.9.3 Cleaning filters, remove the filter cover, remove the filter rinse with tap water, t

hen brine again in addition. Charged filter,Installed flange cover, making sure no leakag

e can be used.

5.9.4 When the device fails ,By relief may be hydrogen, oxygen manual bypass v
alve ,This process can not be too fast ,Note that the hydrogen, oxygen se
parator liquid level pressure relief

Changes, should be balanced so that the two separator liquid level.


6 Concentrated alkali formal operation

16
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.1 The formulated into concentrated base system.

6.2 Nitrogen substitution 2~ 3 Times.

6.3 Check the cooling water, compressed air, and in addition to normal saline ,Check separator liquid
level is normal.

6.4 Check whether the valves in the correct switch position, and the filter is discharged through the exh
aust valve, the accumulation of gas at the pump and pipes.

6.5 Turning on the power distribution control apparatus cabinet, rectifier cabinet, demineralized water s
upply means.

6.6 Distribution cabinet circulating pump switch " Automatic "position,Add water pump switch " Aut
omatic "position.

6.7 Rectifier cabinet main power is turned on, a rectifier cabinet "au

tomatic / manual"Switch to "Auto ", the" regulator / steady flow "Switch placed "sta

bleFlow "position

6.8 The power switch control cabinet, click on the PC "Boo


t "Command, the host computer automatically starts the circulation pump and a cooling device deminera
lized water .

6.9 Rectifier cabinet automatically triggered trigger circuit, the output current is slowly raised up to
a set value, hydrogen production system to complete the boot process.

6.10 The system is running, the system pressure, and the bath temperature may be PC automatically given;
keyboard input values can also be given.

6.11 After the system is stable ,Automatically sampling, purity analysis.

6.12 When the purity of hydrogen gas that is required to reach into the dryer and dried dehumidified.

6.12.1 When using the dryer for the first time, it must be pre-regeneration. Inlet temperature of

the regenerator 220~ 280 ℃,Regeneration of th

e heating temperature is 170 ℃, allowed to cool to room temperature.

6.12.2 Under normal circumstances, be reproduced once considered renewable dryer good, dryi

ng can be put to work. With a dew point of hydrogen humidity test, it isDetermine whether

regeneration dryer full, most reliable way.

6.13 After filling the tank to the hydrogen reaches the dew point requirements, filling the tank automati
cally.

6.14 Hydrogen circulation device system lye amount reference value

model CNDQ1 /0 3.2


3
Lye circulating volume m/h 0.45 to 0.65

6.15 Hydrogen plant control system parameters

Model Specifications CNDQ1 / 3.2


0

upper limit lower limit


Given the project
Alarm alarm chain chain
17
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Pressure trough MPa3.23.43.5

350 Stop adding water pumps


Level hydr 500 520 160 100
ogen mm Kai pump 30
0 plus

Oxygen level mm500520160100

Tank temperature ℃ 859 092

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Lye circulation amount m3 / h 0.25 0.15

Air pressure MPa 0.7 0.4


7 Shutdown

When the controller is stopped Press the PC "stop" command to stop, the system does not generate hydro
gen and oxygen, will automatically reduce the current to

Zero, automatic pressure relief, the system pressure drop 0.1MPa. Closed circulation p
ump, control cabinet and cut off the power rectifier cabinet, air, water. Operating the ga
s generator means 8
8.1 State of hydrogen to the air displacement state (start)

8.1.1 O f C O 2 Replacement air

From the bottom of the generator housing into the supplementary CO2 Exclude gas from th

e upper portion of the housing, sampling at the exhaust duct CO2 The content greater

than 80%Time,Notify the central control operator ranked dead. when CO2 C

ontent three times greater than 85%, The notification centralized control person

nel to run stop charging CO2.

8.1.2 R e p l a c e d w i t h H 2 CO2

Charged from the top the generator housing H2,Gas is discharged from the bo

ttom of the generator housing. Sampling at the bottom of the exhaust duct H2Content to 9

5% Above, may be notified of each discharge current control personnel dead 3-5Minutes and

three successive analyzes of the hydrogen content 96%Or more, may be set to notif

y the art centralized control

Change is completed.
8.2 State of hydrogen to the air replacement state (off)

8.2.1 R e p l a c e m e n t w i t h C O 2 H2

Charged from the bottom of the generator housing CO2, Is discharged from the gas du

ct on the upper housing sampling Analysis CO2 Content of 90%, The centralized control people

noticeMembers rows of dead ends. When three consecutive analysis CO2 The content of

96%, The notification stop charging CO2

8.2.2 With air displacement CO2

From the upper portion of the housing of the generator charge air, exhaust duct on the bottom of

the sample withdrawn from the bottom generator Analysis CO2 Less than

10%Time,Notify the operator of rows of dead ends, when thre

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit
e consecutive analysis CO2 less than 5%, replacement completion notification.

8.3 Hydrogen charging operation

8.3.1 Hydrogen generator confirmed inlet door is open

8.3.2 In order to open the following valves: hydrogen tank exit door, to # 1 (or # 2) generating h

ydrogen charging door, the relief valve outlet doors, entrance doors relief valve, the generator starts charging

hydrogen

8.3.3 After completion of hydrogen filling, closing the valves sequentially: hydrogen tank outlet doors,
entrance doors relief valve, the relief valve outlet door to # 1 (or # 2) Hair

Hydrogen charging door motor, centralized control notification close entry gate generator hydrogen, hydr
ogen charging is stopped.
8.4 Test sample gas purity

8.4.1 Sampling assay is the first step, the gas sample taken is representative of a comprehe

nsive test whether the gas is a key, each device must overcomeSpecies defect inconvenient sa

mpling the gas sample taken is representative.

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

8.4.2 For sampling containers, piping should be kept clean and dry, can not have oil, the hose can not b
e deteriorated by heat, they should be stored in a dry place.

8.4.3 Open the valve when sampling, slow emissions 1 ~ 2Min (d

ecommissioning sampling generator and the dryer, at least sample tube flushing 5After min

utes before sampling), the residual gas conduit, water, drain the oil sump, and then sampled.

8.4.4 The method of replacing the hydrogen discharged when the sample is taken out of the exhaust gas ou
tlet pipe downwardly, carbon dioxide gas is taken when the opposite is the upward exhaust nozzle.

8.4.5 A generator that generates hydrogen gas sampling system, must be sampled in its notice

to assist in the centralized control of operating personnel; sampling shall not samplingLeft

the scene.

8.4.6 Generators and hydrogen production system should be equipped with a sampling valve, in case of no
n-standard sampling site, you need to temporarily change the sampling joints, such as peer stopper

law.
9 Treatment equipment maintenance and safety incidents

9.1 Equipment maintenance

9.1.1 Under normal operating conditions , The operator often observe the operation Correct op
eration, Timely recording of all parameters and exceptions , Generally ev
ery 1-2

Hours recording time Encounter unusual circumstances should be promptly shut down processing.

9.1.2 E v e r y 2 Measuring the proportion of a month lye , The potassium hydroxide concentration is lower
than 25% potassium hydroxide should be added.

9.1.3 Twice a week to seal replenishment.

9.1.4 Tested weekly electrolyzer cell voltage, and recorded.

9.1.5 Note that the amount of lye circulation can not be too large or too small , By adjusting the

amount of lye circulation flow rate control valve , To stay within the specifi

ed range. Hydrogen purity decrease too large, too small to make the bath temperature is too high, t

he membrane life reduced.

9.1.6 Analyzer is often observed a gas flow meter and a desiccant discoloration , And regulating the flow a
nd exchange desiccant and boronic acid.

9.1.7 Have frequently observed in addition to the brine tank and the cooling water flow ra

te is normal. Regular analysis of the conductivity of demineralized water, should meet tob

egging.

9.1.8 When hydrogen and oxygen separator temperature difference is greater than 10 ℃The separator tank
temperature or temperature difference When above 30 ℃, the filter should be cleaned ly
e.

9.1.9 Electrolyzer overhaul period of not less than 5In replacement of all non-asbestos diaphragm and ga
sket overhaul.
9.2 Safety Precautions
17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

9.2.1 The hydrogen plant outage time is too long , Over half a year , Detailed
checking device status before starting ;

9.2.2 Hydrogen should be well-ventilated room , And take appropriate measures Explosion , As proof lamp
and alarm installation, etc. ;

9.2.3 Any oxygen in contact with the conduit, the hydrogen gas, the valve should be degreasing cleaning
process ;

9.2.4 Not carry out any repair work device is in operation , Should repairs should stop Hy

drogen concentration between the analysis of hydrogen production is below the explosion limit of 3%And must

exclude hydrogen and oxygen gas to nitrogen conduit means and , Analysis qualified before welding

9.2.5 Among non-hydrogen flame, wearing nail shoes , Operators shou


ld wear anti-static overalls. Iron and other non-metallic objects collide , In order to av
oid sparks ;

9.2.6 Hydrogen should be equipped with fire-fighting equipment room , Quantity required position ; Hyd
rogen should be available between 2%Dilute acid solution, the operator should be configured
and protective glasses

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Alkali-resistant gloves and other protective equipment;

9.2.7 Non hydrogen, oxygen abruptly discharged by the inner pressure equipment and piping , So as not to
cause an explosion or fire ;

9.2.8 The hydrogen system is running , Are not allowed to tap, Not allowed to bring pressure repair
Prohibited negative pressure;

9.2.9 Flora and fauna, mineral oils and oils must not fall into the unit in contact with oxygen. In the
operation and maintenance , Hands and clothes and not
contaminated with oil ;

9.2.10 Keep the cell surface clean , To prevent any metal conductors or other debris fall to the elec

trolytic cell. Non-lye fell plate and the plate from time to timeTensioned between the bolt ;

9.2.11 Accident or of devices for gas leak occurs alkali or drain , Should immediately cut off the p
ower supply and ventilation , Analyze the causes and troubleshooting as soon as possible;

9.2.12 With soap and water or gas explosion detector checks hydrogen, oxygen systems, piping, valves for
leakage , Do not use an open flame to check;

9.2.13 Hydrogen storage room must not flammable, explosive materials , To prohibit the inside;

9.2.14 Each equipment, instruments should be well grounded.

9.2.15 Faults and troubleshooting

No. Failure Cause Remedy


to salt water is not 1 Power supply system ;
3
Foot or level alarm 2 Rectifier power failure ;

2.1 Cooling water flow interrupted or too litt


le pressure caused by inadequate trip ;

2.2 Current caused a sudden rise or overcurre

1 Means a sudd nt occursCaused by short circuit trip ;


en stop 2.3 Quick fuse burned trips ;

2.4 From the control cabinet interlock to stop


the rectifier cabinet ; 3 The pressure
is too high slot interlock rectifier cabinet tr
ip ;

4 The bath temperature is too high interlock th


e rectifier cabinet trip ;

5 The lower limit of the amount of lye circula


The total ce tion interlock the rectifier cabinet jumpbrake.
ll voltage
2 1 Fouling electrolytic bath electrolyte chamb
Exorbitant
er inletOr clogging the pores increased resist
ance ;

2 Too low bath temperature control ;


In addition
3 Alkali concentration is too high, too low ;
17
2 × 350MWChemical unit
4 V 2O5 Insufficien 1 Overhaul the power supply syst 2 Open outlet valves;
t amount of add em ;
itives. 3 Demineralized water is injected into the tank;
2 Maintenance of electrical equi
1 Plus the additi pment;
on of water pum
ps ; 2.1 Solve the problem of coolin
g water exists ;
2 Add water pump
outlet valves n 2.2 The output of rectifier c
ot open;
abinet potentiometer to zero
3 Anhydrous tank ;
en reset, The re-modulated curr
ent then a fault , Then
carefully check and eliminate sho
rt-circuit fault;
2.3 Rapid replacement of th
e fuse An
d check whether SCR breakdo
wn;
2.4 And other adjust

ment after the end o


f the control cabine
t open rectifier cab
inet; Reducing the pre
ssure tank 3;
4 Changing the temperature setpo
int groove ;

5 Increasing the circulating amo


unt or clean the filter.

1 Methods lifting and el


evating electrolyte circ
ulation current amount o
f the impulse to open th
e blocking material, Or
stop flushing electrolyz
er ;

2 Changing the bath temperature


set value 85 ~ 90 ℃;

3 Measuring the alkali concentra


tion , Alkali concentr
ation adjusted to a predetermi
ned value ;

4 By adding an appropriate amoun


t to the lye tank filter

1 Stop the pump repair;

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

limit 4 Automatic water system failure can not start


;

5 Level measurement system failure.

Or sub-syste Hydrogen separator 1 Level and Pressure Transmitter Zero drift ;


m pressure 8
Alkali bath temperature c 2 There lye in the level and pressure transmitte
4 From fluctua lose to the temperature rs ;

tions i 3 A pressure regulating system ;

n liqui 4 Oxygen liquid level control system failure;


Circulation pump sound
d level 9 5 Serious leakage gas line.
Larger unusual
1 Diaphragm fails ;

2 Hydrogen separator liquid level is too low ;

3 Analyzers are not allowed ;

4 Excessive lye cycle ;


Gas purity d 5 Alkali concentration is too low ;
ecrease
5 6 Demineralized water quality does not meet the
Or purity a requirements;
larm
7 Hydrogen, oxygen separator differential pressu
re is too large.

1 Lack of cooling water in the cooling coils o


f lye;

2 Serpentine water path fouling;


Tank tempera 3 Insufficient amount of lye circulation ;
ture rise fl
uctuations 4 Current instability ;
6 Large temper 5 Bath temperature-controlled failure.
ature 1 Lye filter is clogged ;
or new
2 Lye circulation amount adjusting valve opening
spaper degree is too small ;
police 3 The gas circulating pump ;

4 Circulating pump damage ;

5 Meter and alarm indication error is too large


orIndication of failure.
Stop electro
1 Shortage of the water cooling coils or cooling
lyte circula
tion water temperature is too high ;
7 The amount o 2 Tank temperature controlled failure ;
f cyclic
3 Lye circulation amount exceeds a predetermined
ring orI range ;

nterlock 4 Snake tube scaling serious.

17
2 × 350MWChemical unit
1 There is dirt 4 Check whether the au 2 Circulation amount adjustment valve opening, h
inside the pum olding an appropriate amount of circulation
p ; tomatic operation; che ;

2 The pump impell ck level setpoint is h 3 The gas exhaust valve opening and the circulat
er nut loose ion pump of the discharge pump ;
ydrogenAnd switch outp
ut line and troublesho 4 Replace the backup pump, The pump overhaul ;

oting; 5 Calibrate the meter, Maintenance alarm indica


tion.
5 Check level measurement syst
em.

1 Zero adjustment ; 1 Adjust the cooling water , Reducing the t


emperature of the cooling water ;
2 Clear lye in the level and p
ressure transmitters 2 Check bath temperature-controlled system and t
roubleshoot ;
3 Negative pressure regulating
3 Adjusting the flow rate adjusting valve l
system ;
yeThe amount of circulating lye in a predetermin
4 Exclusion of oxygen level re
gulating system ; ed range;
5 Plugging. 4 Cleaning fouling in the cooling water pipe.

1 Parking carried electrolyzer 1 Pump stops open the cleaning overhaul , Replac
overhaul ; e the backup pump;
2 Supplementary demineralize 2 Open tighten the nut head ;
d water ;

3 Check the analyzer recalib


ration zero ;

4 Adjust the circulation amoun


t in the range of appropriat
e ;

5 Adjusting the alkali concent


ration in a predetermined ra
nge ;

6 Improve water quality, rins


e the cell, Severe washing
tank removed;
7 Adjusting the differential p
ressure control system is re
duced.

1 Increase the amount of cooli


ng water ;

2 Cleaning cleaning ;

3 Cleaning filter ;

4 Adjusting the current steady


flow portion ;

5 Check valve repair bath temp


erature regulating the tempe
rature of the secondary inst
rument.

1 Cleaning filter screen ;


17
2 × 350MWChemical unit

3 Bearing wear ; 3 Replacement of bearings ;

4 Power phase. 4 Check the power troubleshooting.

1 Pressure control groove oxyg


1 Spool position adjustment , Pneumatic
en control valve slide film we control valve replacement film ;
Pressure troug
ar ; 2 Replace bypass valve ;
h
10 2 Bypass valve endoleak ; 3 Plugging ;
Ratings reach
3 Gas leakage at the site of s 4 Check the pressure regulation system.
evere ;

4 The pressure regulator is no 1 Tightening the nut with the hand tig
t normal.
Electrolyzer t ht tank dedicated board of the adhesiv
ank 1 Thin diaphragm gasket comp
eness of the grooveseal;
11
Drain base ression sealing performanced 2 In other disc spring;
rop;
3 Replace the gasket overhaul electrolyzer.
2 Decreased elasticity of the
Electrolyzer cell
disk spring;
power
3 Gasket aging.
12 Seriously unev Electrolyzer cell failure overhaul
en pressure (A
difference of mo 1. Access control valve;
re than 1V)

13 Oxygen-side pressure alarm limit re 2. Overhaul pressure transmitter;


gulating valve does not open
3. Check the computer system.

1. Access control valve;


Hydrogen level drops,
2. Maintenance level transmitter;
14 The oxygen level rises hydrogen regu
lating valve does not open 3. Check the computer system.

1 completely regenerate the desiccant;


A desiccant regenerati
on is not complete;
Product Hy 2 Analysis of sampling pip 2 Thorough analysis purge the sampling line;
drogen e purge is not complete;
15 3 Improve the system working pressure;
Higher moi 3 System working pressure
sture cont is too low; 4 Replacement of the desiccant.
ent
4 Desiccant performance. 1 Replacement of the electrical heating element;

1 Damage to the electrical 2 Servicing or control instruments temperature


The heatin heating element; measuring element;
g temperat
ure 2 Temperature control elem 3 Adjust the gas.
ent or instrument malfun
16 Below stan ction;
dard
3 Air amount deviation is
large.

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Equipment operating procedures Chapter VI oil region


1 range

1.1 This standard specifies the fuel system equipment operating parameters, start and stop procedures, co
mmon fault and processing.

1.2 This standard applies to Huomei Hongjunlvdian power company branch


CPlant fuel system operation and maintenance. Device Specificatio
n 2

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

ta 1 Fuel system equipment specifications


bl
name parameter
e
Steam Pipe Pressu O.5Mpa, 0.4MPa is a critical point
re
Front supply pres 2.94Mpa
sure Fuel temperature is room temperatur
Furnace oil tempe e, but not less than the lowest 5
rature ℃
Vibration of the moto 0.06mm
r pump allows for
Allow string axi 2- 4mm
s value
Motor and pump beari ≤80 ℃
ng temperature
Keep oil tank hei ≤ 4.2m(Not to exceed the volume o
ght f the tank 2/3)
Should be kept 10-3
Oil tank 0 Between ℃, shall not exceed 40
℃ 30 deg.] C is the critical point
0 No. of light diesel oil index its flash point ≥ 65 ℃,Table
pour point ≤ 0 ℃ 2 Supply pump device parameter
s
Parameter name
model 65AY50 × 10
Head 519.6 3m
flow 16.38m / h
Rotating speed 2950r / min
weight kg
effectiveness 45%
Manufacturers Sichuan Shengda Pump Manufacturing Co.,
Departmenttable 3 Equipment for oil pump motor
specification
Parameter name
model YB2-200S-2
power 75KW
Voltage 380V
Electric current 133.8A
Number of revolutions 2970r / min
China manufacturers - Jiamusi Explosion Electri
c Co., Ltd. Table 4 Feed pump (thin) oil filter
device specification
Parameter name
model SDGLO-17T-100K
Filtration accuracy 100k / cm 2
Nominal by 80mm
Pressure < 0.1Mpa
Manufacturers Sichuan Shengda Pump Manufacturing Co., Departmentt
able 5Unloading pump (crude) oil filter device specification
Parameter name
model SDGLO-25T-36K
18
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Filtration accuracy 36k / cm 2
Nominal by 100mm
Pressure < 0.1Mpa
Manufacturers Sichuan Shengda Pump Manufacturing Co., De
partmenttable 6 Centrifugal pump unloading d
evice specification

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Parameter name
model 65AY60
flow 25m 3/ h
Head 58m
Rotating speed 2930r / min
effectiveness 50%
Manufacturers Sichuan Shengda Pump Manufacturing Co., Departm
enttable 7 The centrifugal motor pump u
nloading device specification
Parameter name
model YB2-160M2-2
power 15KW
Voltage 380V
Electric current 28.6A
Rotating speed 2940r / min
China manufacturers - Jiamusi Explosion Electri
c Co., Ltd. Table 8 Sewage pump equipment speci
fications
Parameter name
model YW50-32-125A
power 1.5KW
Head 15m
3
flow 10 m / h
Rotating speed 2900r / min
Manufacturers Sichuan Shengda Pump Manufacturing Co., Department
TABLE 9 tank unloading device specification
Parameter name
Volume 9m3
Diesel storage media
Temperature Room temperature
Atmospheric pressure
Hill Xitai all manufacturers petrochemical equipment Manufacturing C
o., DepartmentDevice Policy T
able 10 a heater tank
Parameter name
Heat transfer area 198m 2
Baffle spacing 1100mm
Design of atmospheric pressure (shell / Jacket) 1.0Mpa
( The tube / shellPressure test 1
31Mpa
set tempreture 50 ℃ (shell / Jacket) 180 D
eg.] C (the tube / shellWorking medium (shell / Jacket) Diesel (shell
/ Jackets) Steam (The tube / shell
3 Fuel pump Genera Manufacturers Honghu City Xingda Petrochemical Equipment Manufacturing Co., L
l Provisions td.

3.1 Strictly enforce the "transport regulations", "safety", and the relevant provisions of t

he rules and regulations. Must undergo training before induction examination, otherwise the

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit
banOnly posts.

3.2 Operating personnel into the oil zone with a non-wear shoe nails, iron can not be struck by the artic
le, to prevent sparks, and prone to wear synthetic prohibition

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Static work clothes, in order to avoid the occurrence of electrostatic discharge.

3.3 Into the oil zone personnel, shall be removed by an electrostatic device at the entrance

of the oil zone in the human body electrostatic cleared into the oil zone. (Stroking other

means to above the electrostatic white balls)

3.4 Oil ban live working area. (E.g., changing the bulb charge)

3.5 Oil into the fire ban area, non-smoking.

3.6 Unrelated persons prohibited from entering the oil zone (except for learning staff), foreign officers
should carefully inventory, must fulfill to sign out of the system.

3.7 Prohibit the use of metal flashlight, plastic flashlight all.

3.8 All fire equipment oil area should be kept clean and in good condition, it is strictly prohibited to
move with.

3.9 Keep the area clean and free of oil product oil, no weeds.

3.10 Strict implementation of the shift system, thoroughly checked before class, shift to be serious and
realistic.

3.11 Oil region deal with once per hour visits to check and found that timely reporting of defects and ha
zards or treatment.

3.12 The fuel temperature must be strictly monitored to prevent over-temperature, pumping stations, shoul
d maintain good ventilation, and remove flammable gas.

3.13 All foreign staff uniforms should meet the requirements, otherwise prohibited.

3.14 Unloading vehicles into and out of the pump housing must be licensed by the oil pump a

ttendant, in order to enter the pump room area were unloading work, the car must have good

oilThe ground wire.

3.15 All the vehicles into the oil zone must be grounded and in installation of the cover means.
4 Check the fuel system before running and ready to work

Fuel system must be carefully detailed inspection before being put into operation, identif

y problems and timely reporting process to ensure safety in production. Check its contents

as follows:

4.1 Tank oil level and oil temperature is normal, the oil level gauge flexible and easy;

4.2 Each valve and pipe flanges should be complete easy, no leakage;

4.3 Tanks, pipes and equipment should have good ground wire and lightning protection measures;

4.4 Oil pump, the motor firmly anchor bolts, a good grounding wire power supply line;

4.5 Bearing lubricating oil level in the oil qualified oil mirror 1 / 2-2 / 3Place, not too low or too high
when refueling;

4.6 Bearing cooling water flow, and adequate water;

4.7 Cold season steam system to be put, the valves should be vapor system in standby mode;

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit
4.8 Various thermal instrumentation oil region should be put into operation;

4.9 Fire system shall in a standby state, the valves should be flexible and easy to use, the correct posi
tion;

4.10 Each good equipment and pipe insulation, heat tracing should be put into the cold season, and is ope
rating normally.
5 Before starting the pump for inspection

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

5.1 Wheel, solid safety cover, jigger light and flexible.

5.2 Anchor bolts are not loose complete, good motor ground wire Insulation qualified.

5.3 Lubricating oil indoor qualified and sufficient cooling water flow.

5.4 Mechanical seal intact, does not leak.


6 Feed pump up and running

6.1 Or values to the value of the long main supply pump starts;

6.2 First check standby pump, cooling water is turned, to lubricate 2/1 - 2/3 jigger light and flexible;

6.3 Check the fine filter entrance door, whether the door is in a standby pump inlet open condition;

6.4 Pre-start pump exit doors should be left closed twenty threeRing or fully closed;

6.5 Check the project after passing car power points (start the pump immediately stop the pump) to see if
the bearing is rotated counter-clockwise direction;

6.6 After the correct steering, start operation switch is closed;

6.7 After the current is normal, the door slowly open the outlet, it should be noted at this time changes
in the hydraulic pump, a current;

6.8 After everything is normal, closing the interlock switch;

6.9 Conduct a comprehensive inspection, if no problems to report the value of long or principal value;

6.10 Check all the records.


7 For pump inspection and maintenance

7.1 Constantly monitor changes in the hydraulic pressure and current;

7.2 Always check the temperature of the motor bearing temperature must not exceed a predetermined value;

7.3 Always check the pump and the motor shaft must not string vibration and exceeds a predetermined value;

7.4 To check anchor bolts are loose, the ground lines, power lines, the safety cover is intact;

7.5 Note that if the pump and motor have a different sound, whether the pump mechanical seal leakage, if
there is leakage the flanges;

7.6 Must check whether the oil level of the lubricating oil in a predetermined range, when the oil change
was found to be promptly Oil Deterioration;

7.7 Whether the cooling water flow, water is sufficient.

7.8 The lubricating oil every six months, drain, rinse.


8 Unloading operation

8.1 First, the value of long oil tanker report, prepared unloading.

8.2 A tank open, the secondary throttle discharge, the oil filter entrance open unloading door, opening c
orresponding to the pump discharge, the entrance door.

8.3 Start unloading pump, always open unloading door, after unloading tank pump start pay at

tention to monitoring the oil level and oil ministries, electrically operated hydraulic pum

p outlet, the pumpFlow changes without exception.

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit
8.4 During unloading, inspections to check for run, run, oil spills places, unloading trucks and unloaded
near the tank should not have accumulated oil, or should be promptly cleared

18
2 × 350MWChemical unit

In addition, the product can not be timely removal of oil, use dry sand or earth covered well to prevent
burning fire, in case of a lightning storm, prohibit unloading work.

8.5 During unloading, the pump output pressure if the discharge current drops, clogging of t

he oil filter described unloading, unloading stop, find maintenance personnel processing, K

aiAlternate movable unloading pump, reporting director.

8.6 After unloading, the total unloading door closed, stopping discharge pump, oil filter en

trance closed unloading door, closing the entrance door unloading pump, closing oilAccelera

tor tank unloading.

8.7 After unloading, to conduct a comprehensive inspection, reported the value of long-unloading end.
9 Switching operation of the pump

9.1 Asked the value of the long, ready to switch for the pump.

9.2 Contact insulated electrical operation sensing standby pump.

9.3 Check standby pump lubricant, cooling water and jigger situation.

9.4 Check the motor anchor bolts are loose, good ground wire.

9.5 Checking whether the standby pump access door in an open state.

9.6 Check spare pump exit doors should be closed left twenty threeRing or fully closed

9.7 After electrical operation told insulation standards, you can start the feed pump.

9.8 Chain disconnect operation switch closed standby pumps.

9.9 Start the standby pump, spare pump slowly open the exit door, pay attention to changes in oil pressur
e

9.10 After the normal start standby pump, the hydraulic pressure until a stable current, sh

ould stop the pump to be turned off slowly exit door, note change in oil pressure, should b

e keptConsistent, and want to stop the pump stops running.

9.11 All normal close interlock switch.

9.12 Conduct a comprehensive inspection, without question the value of a long report, check all the recor
ds.
10 Oil filter maintenance

10.1 Always check the oil filter flange each, slagging door, put the throttle and flush doors with or wit
hout leakage phenomenon;

10.2 Check the oil filter differential pressure exceeds 0. 02MPa; When the pressure
exceeds 0. 02MPa should promptly contact maintenance cleaning.
Start the motor 11

11.1 Before starting the motor after repair work sheet should recover, dismantle security measures, no de
bris around the motor, good insulation;

11.2 Before the motor starts to check the anchor bolts, a safety cover, a solid grounding

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit
lines should be complete, should start button at the standby position, light jiggerThen;

11.3 If after starting the motor smoke, fire, or burning smell when the temperature exceeds a predetermin
ed value stops immediately notify relevant personnel handling;

11.4 Motor does not turn or reverse should stop immediately notify the relevant staff to handle after clo
sing.
12 Motor maintenance

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

12.1 Normal motor sound, temperature does not exceed the allowable value;

12.2 Normal current rated value, normal light;

12.3 Vibration motor does not exceed a predetermined value;

12.4 Motor bearing temperature does not exceed the allowable value;

12.5 To conduct a test after servicing the motor rotation, a steering motor measured correctly;

12.6 No debris around the motor, a ground line and power leads to a good connection, no loose anchor bolt
s, secure the safety cover complete.
13 Oil filter flushing

13.1 And prepare the oil filter and the flushing operation splitting system, closing the inlet and exit g
ates of the oil filter.

13.2 Close pressure gauge.

13.3 Open slag door, put the throttle.

13.4 Open vapor rinse total door slowly open the oil filter flush door, rushed to the waste oil pit.

13.5 After rinsing, turn off the oil filter and rinse total door flush door.

13.6 Close the slag door and put the throttle open pressure gauge.
14 Failure Analysis

14.1 Pump vaporization

14.1.1 phenomenon:

14.1.1.1 Current pump outlet pressure swing violently;

14.1.1.2 And hot pump tube inlet;

14.1.1.3 Greater noise.

14.1.1.4 Pump outlet temperature rises and the entrance temperature is too large;

14.1.1.5 Pump, where a strong vibration.

14.1.2 find out the reasons:

14.1.2.1 Entrance door is not opened;

14.1.2.2 Off the inlet valve flap;

14.1.2.3 Inlet filter clogged.

14.1.2.4 Pump outlet open door is not open or too small;

14.1.2.5 Inlet high oil temperature exceeds a saturation temperature under an inlet pressure;

14.1.2.6 Entrance less oil.

14.1.3 deal with

14.1.3.1 Open the entrance door;

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

14.1.3.2 Switching pump operation;

14.1.3.3 Cleaning the oil filter.

14.1.3.4 Check for degree of opening of the pump inlet and outlet valves, adjustment;

14.1.3.5 Contact overhaul of the entrance valve overhaul;

14.1.3.6 Take measures to reduce the oil tank.

14.1.3.7 Reported values long.

14.2 Bearing heat

14.2.1 the reason:

14.2.1.1 Too much oil, too little, deterioration;

14.2.1.2 Vibration or bearing unit different heart;

14.2.1.3 Bearing damage.

14.2.2 deal with:

Too little lubricant should be promptly refueling, other cases should contact the maintenance staff.

14.3 Motor overload

14.3.1 Phenomenon: the current exceeds the rated value, the motor heat.

14.3.2 The reason: the media than the major part of a large movement friction, misalignment, bearing dam
age, two-phase motor.

14.3.3 Treatment: switch its operation, contact the maintenance process.

14.4 Pump does not work

14.4.1 Phenomenon: current, low oil pressure.

14.4.2 Reason: inverter motor, pump vaporized fault entry gate, oil filter plugging.

14.4.3 Remedy: Contact the maintenance process.

14.5 Oil fire area

Using portable fire extinguisher or fire-fighting vehicles performed; if the foam tank fire must be
started promptly extinguishing the fire pump.

14.6 Oil over-temperature, boiling tank

14.6.1 phenomenon:

14.6.1.1 An upper portion of the tank temperature rise or Mao;

14.6.1.2 Current unstable operation of the pump or pump vaporization, outlet pressure gauge or swing back
to zero.

14.6.2 the reason:

14.6.2.1 High oil temperature or water tank bottom;

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

14.6.2.2 Heater Leakage inside the tank.

14.6.3 deal with:

14.6.3.1 Switching the standby tank, the heater naturally cooled off.

14.6.3.2 Stop the pump handle.


15 Fuel system operating rules

15.1 Ambient temperature of + 5℃When the fuel pump

stops above it can run and stop steam heating. In + 5℃The fuel pump shoul

d start running, and put into steam heating.

15.2 So that the oil tank is not allowed under any circumstances exceed 40℃, otherwise it

must be stopped heating. Keep the feed pump continues to run, inside the tankKeep the oil temp

erature is not lower than 20℃.

15.3 Fuel oil in the tank 20When put into the following ℃ steam heating. Steam heating is

stopped, the doors close for the total steam, compressed air must be purged with heat pipe p

redetermined.

15.4 After the steam heating input, heating steam pressure must not drop below 0.2 Mpa , Pay a

ttention to monitoring the ministries of oil pipeline temperature, the maximum allowed to exceed

40℃, the lowest of not less than 10℃. Since the plant is a double return pipe w

ith a heat pipe, heating pipe temperature control is not too high, it may be adjusted separately

for each pipe

The amount of heating steam channel to achieve control of its temperature.

15.5 When the need to stop all the heating, contact must first close the steam supply the

total value of the long gates, and using compressed air to the steam supply pipe; Total

non-steam supply valve opening (the recovery boiler), heating steam supply points in any

case all closed door and heating pipes purge. It does not allow a single close any door

with hot steam supply points.

15.6 Maintaining the purge air pressure is not less than 0.35Mpa Of the plant for oil and oil

return duct area for oil return piping, pipe offloading were purged with purge time of the hea

t pipe, and a plant oil regions are less than half an hour. And check whether the water blowin

g pipe, or otherwise extend the purge

Rooms, increase the purge pressure. Oil heating zone first blow pipe blows the heating plant pipes.

15.7 System operations divided by profession.

15.8 Offloading pipe to avoid heat boost, and offloading at the tank valve is normally open between the v
alve shall.

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit
15.9 To contact system equipment occurrence of defects timely maintenance staff. After ea

ch operation, the system must ensure that the valve is closed tight, preventing steamStea

m into the compressed air line, the emergence of the phenomenon of freezing pipes.

15.10 Once every two hours between check valves heating pipe temperature, to adjust the valve opening.

15.11 As a result of operator maintenance checks are not in place, resulting in steam, com

pressed air pipes freeze, run by the handles. As a result of the valve systemInternal leak

age, contact maintenance treatment is not timely, lead pipes freeze, responsible for the m

aintenance.

15.12 Abnormal occurrence must promptly report to the leadership. Provisions errant, problems will seriou
sly assessment.
16 Oil District shift inspection project

16.1 View a variety of records.

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

16.2 Check the spare parts and industrial equipment.

Check the oil tank oil level.


Check that the valves and pipes have a leak situation.

16.5 Test sewage pump is intact spare.

Test pump alarm device for cooling water.


Oil level inspection apparatus and oily conditions.

Equipment inspection departments and oil temperatures.


Check that all kinds of meter flexible and easy.

Check the winter steam heating system put into operation situation.
Check the shift hygiene.
Temperature and vibration criteria pump 17

Table 10 - 10

Bearing Type The slide (Babbitt ) scroll


0 0 0
Temperature (C) ≤65C ≤ 80 C

Table 10 - 11

Rotational speed (n) excellent Good r qualified

3000 (r / min) 0.03mm 0.06mm 0.09mm

Oil tank roof area Equipment: flame arrester, breather valve, the amount of hole, the safety valve, the
light-transmitting hole.
18 Oil region and fuel system safety regulations

18.1 range

18.1.1 This standard specifies the power branch C Fire District plant oil and fue

l systems, explosion-proof regulations, safety regulations oil unloading area, fuel storage safe

ty regulations, oil and fuel system service area provides content into the oil zone requirements

,Work should seriously implement the "Typical fire power equipment order" "electrical safe

ty procedures" related content and this provision.

18.1.2 This provision applies to all levels of management, operating personnel, maintenance personnel, al
l kinds of work in the area of oil and fuel systems.

18.2 Terms and Definitions

18.2.1 Fire risk categories: A, B, C, D, E. The risk characteristics, when the liquid flash point

≥ 60℃, Class C, our oil region hazard class Class C.

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit
18.2.2 Oil Region: The tank is, oil handling equipment, oil pump, oil heater, filter, waste

oil tank, oil-water separation equipment in a drawSeparate areas.

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

18.2.3 Diesel oil and gas content explosion limit: 0.5% ~ 1.1% ; Flare qualified oil an
d gas content values: 0.2%.

18.2.4 Lightning protection device: lightning can cause huge electromagnetic, thermal, mech

anical and electrostatic effects, in order to avoid fires due to lightning in the oil regio

n, Prevent the oil an effective device area lightning fire.

18.2.5 Grounding device: when transporting oil in the pipe due to static friction, the grea

t accumulation of static electricity energy, other objects will discharge, Therefore tanks,

oil pipelines, so unloading station have a good grounding. Grounding wire and electrical

equipment tank are installed in order to prevent over-voltage to avoid fire.

18.2.6 Level 1 hot zone: is the great danger of fire, when the fire broke very serious consequences

of the site or sites. Oil region and fuel systems AllSuch a case.

18.3 Manage content and requirements

18.3.1 Oil and fuel systems area fire, explosion regulations

18.3.1.1 Around the path of the oil zone must be kept clear to prohibit storage of flammable materials an
d debris piled up.

18.3.1.2 Oil area should meet the requirements of fire safety facilities must be provided w

ith adequate fire fighting equipment and placed in a fixed location. It should be checked

regularly, and moreIn other words, so that fire-fighting equipment in the standby state in

tact.

18.3.1.3 Unloading areas and tank farms must have lightning protection and grounding means, ta

nks and ground line ground line electrical equipment should be installed separately, the pipel

ine should also be apparent to a ground line. Per year 4 On the 30th month, the electrical m

easuring earth resistance, burning Ministry oversees the record, anti-static grounding eachSho

uld not exceed the value of ground resistance 30Ω .

18.3.1.4 Tank Farm sluice gates should be kept intact. Fire gate should be closed immediately to prevent
water flowing out of the expansion of fire.

18.3.1.5 It is forbidden to use gasoline to scrub oil pipeline, steam piping, floors, etc., in order to a
void fire accidents scrub.

18.3.1.6 Hose fuel system should be checked regularly replaced.

18.3.1.7 Oil pipe flanges, valves and bearings should not leak tight to maintain, if leakage should be el
iminated.

18.3.1.8 Oil trench area should be checked regularly and clean up once a year.

18.3.2 Oil unloading area safety regulations

18.3.2.1 Non-oil truck drivers and outsiders into the depot.

18.3.2.2 When oil truck stop, good parking assist traffic officers to check the oil tanker

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit
must have a ground wire, and is ready for an oil tanker grounding and anti-slip measuresDe

vice.

18.3.2.3 In the case of weather or unloading in the vicinity of thunderstorms fire should immediately sto
p unloading operations.

18.3.2.4 Oil truck unloading pipes and joints should be no leakage, we found that leakage should immediat
ely stop unloading, processing.

18.3.2.5 All personnel involved in unloading work bandgap fire, non-smoking, prevent the occurrence of fi
re accidents.

18.3.2.6 Open car cover oil, non-beat with iron. Should open the top cover open light, people should stan
d side.

19
2 × 350MWChemical unit

18.3.3 Fuel storage safety regulations

18.3.3.1 Operators should operate special explosion-proof tools.

18.3.3.2 Tank top breathing valve should remain flexible and intact, should run monthly 15 , 30

day shift inspection registration, keep it in good condition.

18.3.3.3 The fuel temperature must be strictly monitored to prevent over-temperature ( 50 degree).

18.3.3.4 Pump room should be well ventilated, spring and autumn every day shift, night shift each run

30 Minute, every winter day shift operation 30 Minutes, and remove flammable ga

s.

18.3.3.5 It should be put into operation for the pump interlock device to prevent sudden outage caused by
a boiler feed pump off the oil.

18.3.3.6 According to the case of oil boiler, oil pump duty should be adjusted at any time to ensure that
the fuel pressure at a predetermined value.

18.3.3.7 Storage tanks can not be too full, at the height of the tank 2/3 At, i.e., the height of the ta
nk 4.2 Meters.

18.3.3.8 Oil area should be kept clean and free of weeds, sweeping the ground in a timely manner oil.

18.3.4 Oil region and fuel system equipment maintenance requirements

18.3.4.1 Oil inspection region should be made using the non-ferrous metal tools, such as

the use of iron tools, we must take measures to prevent sparkingShi, e.g. oiled, plus co

pper pad.

18.3.4.2 Hot oil region and fuel system must open a work ticket class flare.

18.3.4.3 Before the fuel equipment maintenance, maintenance work managers and operating per

sonnel must do when the value of the following measures, work and get Hot ticket issuedAnd

the person in charge of the fire after approval before it can start:

a) For the fuel line leading to the tank and the other pipe (including an empty pipe) p

ower, gas welding operation, measures must be taken to reliably isolated, pipe flang

e against the tank side opening of the air should be removed, and an insulating mate

rial separate, rinse the inner tube product oil, residual gas exhausted.

b) Maintenance of the equipment for effective irrigation, ventilation and gas concentra

tion measurement, the gas concentration values must meet flare qualified, should be

measuredConsider a representative sample, a test time / 2~ 4h.

c) Prohibited the use of open flames approach to fuel and oil pipeline equipment flammability test.

18.3.4.4 When the tank needs an overhaul, reliable safety measures must be taken. Sampling

personnel to enter the tank to prevent suffocation, should be in the tankBy means of acces

s, when someone inside the tank, the outside must be a full-time custodial staff, standing

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit
guardian should be able to see or hear local staff inside the tank to custody at any time.

Guardians are not allowed to undertake additional work.

18.3.4.5 Maintenance personnel to enter the tank to be used does not exceed the voltage 12V

The explosion-proof lights, no static wear work clothes and work shoes without nails,

using copper tools. Do not use gasoline or other flammable, combustible liquid cleaning grease.

18.3.4.6 When power in the oil region, gas welding operations, electricity, gas welding e

quipment should be parked in designated locations. Not allowed to use leak, leak located

Equipment. Welding cable and a ground line should be complete, solid, prohibit the use o

f ground wire iron bars and the like replacing the fixed ground. Ground welder

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Line should be connected to the welding device, the welding point should be close to ground point, and t
he use of ground wire, allowed the use of remote ground loops.

18.3.4.7 After the repair is completed, it should clean up the site.

18.3.4.8 Oil Region overhaul temporary power and lighting wire used shall meet the following requirements:

a) An oil supply should be set outside the region;

b) Wire across the path, measures should be taken to prevent rolling off;

c) All the power lines or the illumination line should have reliable insulation and proof performance;

d) The temporary wire entry prohibited reliably without rinsing, insulation and ventilation inside the
container;

e) Prohibit the temporary wires or bridged across the oil or heating medium piping equipment;

f) Bright flashlight when using plastic flashlight;

g) All temporary wire at the end of maintenance work, should be removed immediately.

18.3.5 Into the oil zone requirements

18.3.5.1 Fuel system and work safety management must implement the "safety first, prevention fir

st" approach, adhere to the "who is in charge negativeResponsibility "principle, strengthen ma

nagement.

18.3.5.2 Where the fuel in contact with staff should be familiar with the nature of the fuel and fire, ex
plosion and fire knowledge.

18.3.5.3 Where into the oil zone of the staff are not allowed to carry kindling, oil non-sm

oking area, are not allowed to wear shoes with nails and prone to static electricity spark

Chemical fiber garments, close communication facilities.

18.3.5.4 Oil Region attendant should regularly cover all types of oil area be carefully che

cked, there is not incomplete. Plant oil pipeline should be checked regularlyNo oil leak a

nd other anomalies.

18.3.5.5 Maintenance personnel into the oil zone, must have a ticket oil equipment work are

a and the procedures for registration, maintenance flare executor to carry matches,Lighter

s and other fire must possess Hot work sheet.

18.3.5.6 Where foreign workers must hold a letter of recommendation and approved safety sup

ervision department for registration, and accompanied by hand before entering the depotAre

a.

18.3.5.7 Non-oil region who declined to enter, on duty oil region bears the responsibility to defend the
security of the oil region, has the right to prohibit access to the oil zone.

18.3.6 Examination and assessment

18.3.6.1 Check according to the standard.

18.3.6.2 Press the "accident, disorder, abnormal qualitative criteria" and "safety assessment management
20
2 × 350MWChemical unit
standards" for an assessment.

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter VII of the wastewater treatment procedure


1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment System

Current project set up centralized industrial wastewater treatment system to treat industrial waste
water the whole plant.

Wastewater treatment are often: Boiler Feed Water Treatment of wastewater and waste

water condensate polishing system, the main factory floor drain; non-recurrent waste are:

Start drainage unit, air preheater washing waste and waste water boiler chemical cleani

ng; there are also oily wastewater.


1.1 Regular industrial wastewater treatment process as follows:

Hydrochloric acid, lye hydrochloric acid lye, lye

↓↓↓
Recurrent wastewater collection tank waste line mixer final delivery pump and tank clean water tank
feed pump (PH

Value qualified reuse; as pH Failure value, and then ret


urns the final pool of ) Recycled fiber filter.
1.2 Non-recurring wastewater treatment process:

NaClO , Air, alkali hydrochloric acid, lye, flocculant coagulant

↓↓↓
Non-recurring wastewater collection tank waste water delivery pump ant
i-pipeline mixer should Clarifying
tank PoolHydrochloric acid, lye

And in the final pool clean pool water transfer pump

(PH Value qualified reuse; as pH Failure value, and then returns th

e final pool of ) FineDimensional filter recycling.

Lye


1.3 Citric acid waste treatment:

Citric acid solution delivery pump collecting basin waste coal yard spray

Citric acid waste collected by the cleaning company to transport the waste collection tank citrate.
1.4 Oily wastewater treatment process:

Oily water after oil-containing wastewater collection sump water separator grease extraordinary la
goon.

Mud mud pit mud settler feed pump discharge concentrator dehydrating screw conveyor car; concentrat

ion machineAnd w

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit
ater are discharged from the dryer returns the final tank and the mud pit and regulation.

1.5 system running

1.5.1 Non-recurring wastewater

1.5.1.1 Start acidic waste water pump, water tank to the reaction, by PH Measured raw water

PH Value, when PH Greater than 9 When the starter acidDosing metering pump addin

g acid to the wastewater, adjusting PH ; When PH Less than 6 , The alkali dosing m

etering pump starts adding an alkali to the wastewater, adjusting

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

PH . Flocculant dissolution tank while opening an outlet valve drug, dosing pump outlet doors, floc

culant dosing pump stroke is provided 60%Actuation

of the metering pump, to the reaction vessel WASTEWATER flocculant, start mixer, stirred and mixed.

1.5.1.2 Wastewater gravity into the flocculation tank, flocculation tank agitator runnin

g start, open coagulant dissolving tank outlet electric door, dosing pump outletDoor, t

he coagulant dosing pump stroke is provided 70%, Start metering pump to the waste wa

ter flocculation tank dosing coagulant.

1.5.1.3 Agent is added to the wastewater gravity clarifier swash plate, the swash plate is

isolated by precipitation clarifier, the water and into the final tank, neutralization ta

nk through PH Measured wastewater PH Value of wast

e water with acid, alkali operation, such that the final waste water PH 6 to 9.

1.5.1.4 Clean the pool level rises, it reaches a high level, water feed pump up and running, the final pH
neutralization through the waste water is pumped 1#

Fiber filter was filtered through a filtration system is pumped to the desulfurization wastewater reuse
by a recycle.

1.5.2 Regular waste water

1.5.2.1 Start 2 #Regular delivery pump wastewater, industrial wastewater adjusted pool regular activated
carbon filter into the waste water pump filter.

1.5.2.2 Activated carbon filter directly into the water 2#Fiber filters by 2#Gravity fiber filt

er of the water enters the return with the pool, non-recurring and wastewater reuse water is pum

ped by a desulfurization system.


1.6 Industrial waste water quantity and quality

row Shui quality


Wastewater project name Call Displacement frequency
PH SS (mg / L) Fe (mg L)
Non-recurring wa Boiler feed water treatment systemReve
stewater 29.7m3 / h 212 2080 rse osmosis concentrated water system

Boiler feed water treatment systemEC u


13.3m3 / h 212 2080 ltrafiltration backwash drain the boi
Regular wa ler feed water treatment system regen
ste water
eration drainage
7.3m3 / h 2 to 200 to 500 Every 3 d
12 Condensate Polishing ays
apparatusRenewabl

e drainage

200m3 / Sec 2 to 1 ~ 105 ~ 100 Laboratory waste


Second
ondary 12 a r y /7 days
Cleaning the waste air preheater
10m3 / D6 ~ 9
water
About 4000 m Boiler water-side chemical cleaning
3 / 3000 500 to 5000 1 to 2 times
2-6
20 / year
Secondary

About 4000m3 / 2 ~ 1 100 to 20 50 to 600 1 / 4-6 years


2 times 0
About 2000m3 / Secon Once a year

2 × 350MWChemical unit
Wastewat
er

Fire side

boiler cle

aning wast

e water oi

ly wastewa

ter

500 mg / L

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

row Shui quality


Wastewater Project name Sa frequency
id drainage the amount PHSS (mg / L) Fe (mgL)

The main factory floor wash water about 100m3 / d6 ~ 9150 o i l <10mg / L Short lar
ger

1.7 Industrial wastewater treatment and output indicators

The current design of the wastewater treatment system for the continuous output 1 100 m3 / h

, Oily wastewater treatment designed to contribute to continuous 2 5 m3 / h.W

aste water indicators should reach GB8978 1996 "Integrated wastewater discharge standard" se

cond, a maximum allowable pollutant concentration of emissions standards.

The main indicators are as follow


s:
pH va 6-9
lue
Suspension mg / L 70

Biological oxygen demand (BOD mg / L 20


5)
Chemical oxygen demand (CODc mg / L 100
r)
Petro mg / L 5

No. Name Specification Unit Quantity Origin Notes Manufacturer

Wastewater collection, storage and transport


1
Delivery system
3
Q = 100m /h, Shenyang Pump
1.1 Regular waste wa station 4 Shen
ter delivery pum H = 0.4MP yang petroch
p a
emical
plant
3
Q = 100m /h, Shenyang Pump
1.2 Non-recurring wast station 2 Shen
e water delivery p H = 0.4MP yang petroch
ump a
emical
plant
Q = 40m
3 / min,

1.3 Roots blower station 2 Jiangsu Pepsi Ge


Provinc rmany
e
H = 58.8 kPa

1.4 Line mixer DN80 stat 1 Nanjing State En


ion vironmen
tal Prot
ection
2 Wastewater treat
ment system 20
2.1 Line mixer DN150 stat 3 Nanjing State En
ion vironmen
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.4 Inclined plate clarifiers Q = 100m / h only 1 Nanjin

g country can ring InsuranceAnd transporting sludge concentrated off


3
water system

3.1 Mud pools mixer φ 500mm station 1 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
n

20
2 × 350MWChemical unit

3
Q = 15m /h, Shenyang Pump
3.2 Mud delive station 2 Shen
ry pump H = 0.3MP yang petroch
a
emical
plant

3.3 Centrifugal dehydrator Q = 15m


3
/h station 1 France ANDRITZ

3.4 Screw conveyor GNWLS-300 station 1 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio


n
3
3.5 Electric mud figh V = 6m statio 1 Nanjing State Envir
t n onmental Pr
otection
3.6 Line mixer DN80 statio 1 Nanjing State Envir
n onmental Pr
otection
4 After treatment sy 3
Q = 100m /h, Shenyang Pump
4.2 Water transfe station 2 Shen
r pump H = 0.5MP yang petroch
a
emical
PCF fiber filter 3
plant
4.3 Q = 100m / h station 2 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
Device n
3
Q = 100m /h, Shenyang Pump
4.4 Backwash station 1 Shen
water pu H = 0.2MP yang petroch
mp a
emical
plant
6m 3/ min, 49
4.5 Backwash station 1 Shandong Fengyuan
fan kPa
5 Oily wastewater treatment system
3
Q = 5m / h, Shenyang Pump
500.1 Oily waste wat station 2 Shen
er delivery pu H = 0.535MP yang petroch
mp
a emical
plant
3
5.2 Water separa Q = 5m / h set 2 Nanjing State En
tor vironmen
tal Prot
ection
6 Hydrochloric
acid dosing
system

6.1 Unloading acid buffer tank 3


V = 0.5m station 1 Nanjing State Environmen
tal Protection
Q = 12.5m3 / h, Shenyang Pump pla
6.2 Unload station 1 Shen
ing ac P = 0.25MPa petroch nt
yang
id pum
emical
p

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Fluorine plas tic
6.3 Acid storage tank V = 20m3
station 1 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
n
Q = 170L / h,
6.4 Acid metering pump
P = 1.0MP station 3 US Pasifeida
a

7 Alkali dosing system

7.1 Unloading buffer tank base 3


V = 0.5m station 1 Nanjing State Environmen
tal Protection

Q = 12.5m3 / h, Shenyang Pump


7.2 Alkali station 1 Shen 304
pump d H = 0.25MP yang petroch
ischar a
emical
ge
plant
3
7.3 Alkali storage V = 20m stati 1 Nanjing State Envir
tank on onmental Pr
otection

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

P = 1.0MPa
3
Q = 3.6m /h, Shenyang Petro
7.5 Lye transfer stat 1 Shenyangchemical elect 304
pump H = 0.18MP ion ric water pump
a station
8 Flocculant dos
ing system
3
Flocculant dissolu V = 1.5m, stat 1 Nanj State En
8.1 tion tank and stir
ring N = 1.1kW

machine

Q = 12.5m3 / h, Shenyang Pump


8.2 Flocculant f station 1 Shen Fluorine p
eed pump H = 0.2MPa yang petroch lastic
emical

3
plant
8.3 Flocculant metering box V = 1.0m station 2 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
n
Q = 170L / h,
8.4 Flocculant dosing pump
P = 1.0MP station 3 US Pasifeida
a

9 Coagulant dosing system


3
Coagulant tank and V = 1.5m,
9.1 stirred to dissolv station 1 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
e N = 1.1k n
W
machine

Q = 12.5m3 / h, Shenyang Pump


9.2 Coagulant de station 1 Shen 304
livery pump H = 0.2MPa yang petroch
emical

3
plant
9.3 Coagulant metering tank V = 1.0m station 2 Nanjing State Environmental Protectio
n
Q = 170L / h,
9.4 Coagulant mete stat 1 United Pasifeida
ring pump P = 1.0MPa ion States
Q = 500L /
stat 2 United Pasifeida
9.5 Dehydration coagul h, P = 0.7
ant metering pump
MPa

10 Sodium hypochlorite dosing system

10.1 3
Sodium hypochlorite unloading buffer tank V = 0.5m station 1 Nanjing State Environmen
tal Protection

Q = 12.5m3 / h, Shenyang Pump


10.2 Sodium hypoc station 1 Shen Fluorine p
hlorite unlo H = 0.25MP yang petroch lastic
ading pump a
emical
plant

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit
10.3 Sodium hypochlorite storage tank 3
V = 20m station 1 Nanjing State Environmen
tal Protection

Q = 3.6m3 / h, Shenyang Pump


10.4 Sodium hypochl station 1 Shen Fluorine p
orite delivery H = 0.2MP yang petroch lastic
pump a
emical
Q = 170L / h, plant
10.5 Sodium hypochlorite metering pump station 2 US Pasifeida
P = 1.0MP
a
10.6 Safety valve DN20 only 2 Nanjing State Envir
onmental Pr
otection
10.7 Buffer tank 1L only 2 Nanjing State Envir
onmental Pr

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

11 Other auxiliary equipment


3
11.1 Compressed air tank V = 6m station 1 Nanjing State Environmental Protection

1.8 Equipment specification

1.8 Activated carbon filter rules

1.8.1 Checks before start

1.8.1.1 Regular waste water delivery end of the pump adjustment, in normal working condition.

1.8.1.2 Importers and related manual, pneumatic valves, opening and closing flexible, instruments and vari
ous equipment accessories intact.

1.8.1.3 No leakage of the filter body and other abnormalities.

1.8.1.4 Pump outlet pressure gauge is normal.

1.8.1.5 All the rotating parts of the lubricating oil to be added has been added.

1.8.2 Operational procedures

1.8.2.1 Commissioning operation

a) Close the valve an activated carbon filter, the washing, backwash, backwash effluent backwash inlet
valve

b) Open the regular waste water wherein a delivery pump outlet door manually.

c) Open door air inlet, the manual inlet valve, the drain pneumatic valve, start the regular waste wate
r pump, the water filter;

d) The underside of the water drain valve, the outlet valve manually adjusting the

pump so that water in a predetermined range (note: water can view the flow mete

r). When water clear, the activated carbon filter outlet opening pneumatic valve,

close the drain valve, the water supply device backwards sequence.

1.8.2.2 Backwashing

Backwash :When the activated carbon filter extend the run time that the water pressure increases,

an increased filter pressure 0.05- 0.07Mpa When s

etCase you need to backwash. Opening the manual valve and the backwash water inlet pneumatic val

ve, drain valve backwash, backwash pump start, adjust manually backwash water

Butterfly valve, the amount of water as large as possible. Backwash time about

20-45 minute. Backwash pump is then tu

rned off, the valves close. Note: backwash water to ensure that the size of th

e activated carbon is not lost as a precondition.

1.8.2.3 The washing operation

Washing: In the end of each backwash, the need for regular cleaning. Open valve motivated

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit
V2 And inlet valve V1 , The drain valve V5 Start the waterPump, inlet valve

regulation V1 Control the amount of water into the water as normal. The washing time is a

bout 15- 30 Minutes, until the clear water is discharged to t

he lower.

Then into the pump off, closing the valves. Activated carbon filters may enter the normal operation
or standby state.
1.9 Fiber filter rules

1.9.1 Checks before start

1.9.1.1 Regular waste water delivery end of the pump adjustment, in normal working condition.

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.9.1.2 Activated carbon filter debugging end, in normal working condition.

1.9.1.3 Importers fiber filters and associated manual, pneumatic valves, opening and closing flexible, ins
truments and various equipment accessories intact.

1.9.1.4 No leakage of the filter body and other abnormalities.

1.9.1.5 All the rotating parts of the lubricating oil to be added has been added.

1.9.1.6 Roots blower backwash standby operating in a normal state.

1.9.1.7 Backwash pump is in the normal standby operating state.

1.9.2 Operation of the filter step

1.9.2.1 Water-filled filter bed to relax

a) Open the top of the filter fibers pneumatic exhaust valves;

b) Start backwash pump, slowly open the backwash water and backwash water outlet valve inlet valve, so
that water fills the filter bed.

1.9.2.2 Cleaning the filter bed

a) Start backwash blower, an air inlet valve open the filter, wash the filter bed is fed into the air.

b) Filter backwash water into the regulator, the outlet opening of the valve, so that flow to bac

kwash 30m / h ,pressure 0.05MPa Arou

nd the filter bed is always kept full of water during backwashing (in trace water outlet valve

as a standard). When the feed water quality, the water equivalent, cleaning knot

bundle.

Note: the fan should be preceded by opening drain valve is opened again to start the

fan blower, the normal operation of the fan air inlet valve to open the filter, and

then is gradually closed drain valve.

Purge rate should be controlled in 30m / h So, too large a flow rate of cleaning waste water. When
cleansing a filter bed, inlet and outlet pressure should be maintained at

0.05MPa So, too much pressure or clean water too fast, causing the blower motor running current is
too large to burn the motor.

1.9.2.3 exhaust

After washing, drain valve open the fan, and then closing the air inlet valve and fan. Backwash

pump continues to operate, clean 35 ~ Minute

s, the air remaining in the filter is discharged, the discharge completion.

1.9.2.4 Into bed

a) After the end of the exhaust filter layer, a backwash discharge valve to close, wh

en the exhaust pipe outlet before closing the backwash water inlet valve and the e

xhaust valvedoor.

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit
b) Water outlet valve opening timing. Slowly open the inlet manual valves, pneumatic valves.

1.9.2.5 Test run

a) In the state of the device into the bed, adjusting raw water inlet valve and outlet valve opening de
gree of the washing positive, an appropriate flow rate of water (flow rate is typically

60m / h ), Sampling water quality tests to put into operation, when the effluent quality requirement
s, can be put into operation.

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

b) Raw water inlet valve remains open, open the water outlet valve and outlet valve closure timing of W
ater, bottled water to the system.

c) After the device put into operation, the general control filtration rate 30m / h . In this case

the device inlet and outlet initial pressure is generally0.02~ 0.04MPa . Should be monitored re

gularly run into, exit pressure. The outlet pressure differential should not normally exceed

0.1MPa .

d) Note: Clean water inlet valve must be closed strict, otherwise it will affect the water quality.

1.9.2.6 Failure filter bed, the filter layer to relax

a) After a period of operation of the device, when the water quality is deteriorating to the water can
not reach the standard, i.e. the filter bed into the failed state. Loss filter bed

The intake efficiency, the outlet pressure of the device is about 0.04~ 0.06MPa

(Even if water quality standards, but pressure has been reached 0.1MPa When m

ust also be cleaned).

b) After filtration bed failure, i.e. should stop running, a filter layer to relax.
1.10 Reaction vessel, flocculation tank, inclined plate clarifiers

1.10.1 Checks before start

1.10.1.1 Pickling waste water delivery end of the pump adjustment, in normal working condition.

1.10.1.2 Import and export pipeline is connected and related manual, pneumatic valves, end debugging, fle
xible opening and closing, all kinds of equipment instruments and accessories in good condition.

1.10.1.3 Grooves, flocculation tank, the inclined plate settler body without leakage and other abnormalit
ies.

1.10.1.4 All the rotating parts of the lubricating oil to be added has been added.

1.10.2 run

1.10.2.1 Start pickling waste water feed pump to the reaction vessel.

1.10.2.2 The reaction vessel to be water 2/3 Position, start stirrer stirred reaction vessel, the water
continues;

1.10.2.3 Flocculation tank water level to be 2/3 Position, start stirring mixer flocculation tank, the
water continues;

1.10.2.4 After the swash plate clarifier effluent weir tank (i.e., each vessel is filled with water), to
stop the pickling waste water pump.

1.10.2.5 Check the reaction vessel with a stirrer, a stirrer flocculation tank operating conditions, the
swash plate clarifier out of the water flow conditions.

1.10.3 Safety Precautions

1.10.3.1 Mixer body shaking and excessive noise, overheating of the motor, press the stop button.

1.10.3.2 During commissioning, such as failure, should stop debugging, determine the cause and treatment.
2 Sewage treatment system

2.1 Process Overview system


21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

2.1.1 2 Sets of processing capacity of 3m3 / h Th

e integrated wastewater treatment equipment as a whole plant sewage treatment equipment, the normal

situation 2 Set to run at the same time, no equipment, equipment layout in sewage processin

g chamber. Water as a rinse after the treatment plant roads, green poured use.

2.1.2 Integrated wastewater treatment equipment technical parameters: sewage treatment equipment handling
capacity: 3m3 / h Quantity: 2

2.1.3 Processing equipment water quality: BOD5 = 50 ~ 200mg / L, SS = 50 ~ 250mg / L, pH = 6.0 ~ 9.0, C
ODcr = 100 ~

21
2 × 350MWChemical unit

400mg / L , NH3-N = 30mg / L .

2.1.4 Processing equipment water quality should be executed GB / T18920-2002 "Urban r

ecycling of urban miscellaneous water quality" vehicle washing criteria is met: pH = 6.0 to 9.

0, the chromaticity ≤ 30 , Turbidity ≤ 5NTU , Dissolved solids ≤ 1000mg / L , Suspe

nded solids ≤

5mg / L , BOD5 ≤ 10mg / L, CODCr ≤ 50mg / L, NH3-N <10mg / L , Total dissolved oxygen ≥ 1.0 mg / L
, Total residual chlorine (contact

30min After) ≥ 1.0 mg / L The total number of coliform ≤ 3 More/ L .


2.2 skills requirement :

2.2.1 Process:

The main sewage treatment plant to process: sewage grate cleaning machine → → → sewage lift pump
raw sewage adjusting pool water lift pump →

Biological contact oxidation → secondary sedimentation tank → →

→ disinfection tank lift pump clean water tank → water → water re

use. A schematic diagram is as follows:

Sewage supernatant reflux

Blower Sludge Sinotrans sludge pumping


Grill clea s tank
n-up

Regulation pool Biological c Secondary settling tank


ontact oxida
tion

Recycling clean water tank disinfection pool chlorine tablets

2.3 Equipment specification

No. Name Specification Number Manufacturer and model preparation unit

NoteA sewage treatment equipment

( Each processing capacity 3m3 / h)

1 Biological con 4300 × 2000 × 2500mm only 2 Yixing H Carbon stee


tact oxidation engda l corrosion
pond
2 Secondary settl 1500 × 2000 × 2500mm only 2 Yixing H Carbon stee
ing tank engda l corrosion
3 Sludge digesti 800 × 1000 × 2500mm only 2 Yixing H Carbon stee
on tank engda l corrosion
22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
4 Pool disinfecti 800 × 1000 × 2500mm only 2 Yixing H Carbon stee
on engda l corrosion

Channel width 500mm,


5 Automatic screen deep canal 2.5m, set 1 Yixing Hengda stainless stee
machine l
5mm bars gauge

6 Sewage lift pump Q = 3m3 / h, H = 18m station 4 Shenyang Petro


chemical elect stainless s
ric water pump teel

Pump sta
tion

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit

7 Sludge lift pump Q = 3m3 / h, H = 10m stati 4 Shenyang Petrochemical electric water pump
on stainless steel
Pump station
Shenyang Petrochemical electric water pump
8 Sludge return pum Q = 3m3 / h, H = 10m stati 4
p on stainless steel
Pump station
Shenyang Petrochemical electric water pump
9 Wastewater reuse Q = 15m3 / h, H = 40 stati 2
water pump m on stainless steel
Pump station
10 Aeration fan Q = 1.35m3 / min, H stati 4 Jiangsu Pepsi Germany
= 4m on cast iron
2.4 operat
ing

2.4.1 Station integrated wastewater treatment equipment may be manually or automatically s

tart and stop processing in accordance with the amount of water, according to the change o

peration device to manually adjust the flow rateThe number and operating speed of the blo

wer, when the water treatment system increase, increase in rotational speed of the blower,

the amount of gas needed to satisfy the treated water.

2.4.2 Contact oxidation is divided into three, the total residence time 5-6 hour.

2.4.3 Sewage rate in the secondary settling tank to rise 0.3-0.4mm / s, The secondary settling

tank sludge pump is provided, the activated sludge is returned to the contact oxidation tank w

hile the sludge digester sludge was raised, the residence time of less than two settling tank

2 hour.

2.4.4 Pool disinfection residence time is 0.5 hour.

2.4.5 Sludge pond sludge digestion site, can significantly reduce the amount of sludge by

digestion, the sludge returned to the pool the supernatant adjusted pool. sludgeOn a regu

lar basis by the suction Sinotrans sludge pump. Each sludge digestion tank on site 2 Sl

udge lift pump station, an operation of a device.

2.4.6 Each unit supporting blower equipment2 Stage three bladed blower, an operation of a device.

2.4.7 Secondary settling tank, contact oxidation pond total residence time of not less than7 hour.

2.4.8 Integrated wastewater treatment equipment to adapt to the low concentration sewage ( BODS ) Of 50-
100mg / L.

2.4.9 Sewage regulation pool equipped with aeration stirring.

2.4.10 Pool disinfection using chlorine tablets regularly artificial feeding.


2.5 Equipment operation Notes

2.5.1 Master the appropriate amount of disinfectant dosing, per ton of water per hour 3g Chlorine tablets.

2.5.2 Operating to run the program, often observed in the case of sewage effluent.

2.5.3 Correct switching state of the valve.

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2.6 Maintenance and Troubleshooting

2.6.1 Fans regularly change the oil in order to improve the service life of the motor, generally six mont
hs plus one.

2.6.2 We must ensure the smooth flow of fan air intake.

2.6.3 Faults and exclusion:

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit

malfunction the excl


reas ude
on
Poor water flow Environment level is above Reduced environmental water level, the
the water outlet device water level below the water outlet dev
ice.
Poor water flow Conduit or holes plugged w Periodic manual cleaning
ith debris
Regulating pond wa The grille opening blocked Clean up debris inside the grill
ter level abnormal

Chapter VIII integrated pump house rules


1 Living Fire System Overview

The project has integrated pump house, fire water supply equipment installed in the integrated

water pump room. The project set fire water supply system 2 Fire con

trol station to the frequency of electric pump, drive and ancillary equipment cabinet, the pump regu

lator 2 (wherein a transport apparatus 1), and a pressure tank 2 diesel engine fire pumps; In additi

on, fire water system is provided a set of computer control automatic inspection apparatus; fire pum
22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
p and the pump regulator is provided a set of power distribution and fire

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Control cabinets, power for the fire pump and pump regulator power distribution and control, power distribution and

Pump, fire pump regulator pump and diesel engine, respectively, from the water reservoir for fire fighting fire figh
Fire water system usually relies on air pressure tank with the pump regulator to maintain normal operation of the ne

Anti-pressure drop in the pipe network, start interlock electric fire pump. Electric fire pump fire control center c

Pump as a backup pump, or start when the whole plant lost power.

2 main device parameters

number
NumberingDevice Name Device serial number Equipment performance unit Operation mode
the amount
3
Flow: 40m / h Head: 60m Power: Frequency Control
1 Live feed pu # 1, # 2 22kW station 2 A one st
mp A andby
one standby
3
flow: 300m / h Head: 60m work stat 1 Frequency Control
# 1, # 2 Rate: 90kW ion 2
station Two rese
flow: 300m / h Head: 60m Power: 90kW rved
2
3
Production o
stat 2 Frequenc
f feed pump
ion y Contro
3# l
3
flow: 270m / h Head: 110m power
Rate: 132kW stat 2
# 1, # 2 Flow: 18m / h Head: 115m Power: 15kW ion
3 Fire Pump
3

stat 1
4 Fire pump # 1, # 2 ion
3
Flow: 540m / h Head: 110m
Diesel power:260kW stat 2
5 Diesel fir
e pump
φ1600 vertical diaphragm pressure tank
Working pressure:1.60MPa
Diaphragm
3 Pump up and running Notes

3.1 The cleaned around the pump.

3.2 The amount of qualified oil into the bearing box with the grease gun.

3.3 Check the motor rotation direction is consistent with the provisions of the pump.

3.4 Opening the outlet flange of the bleeder screw, after the air pump to drain the bleeder screw is scre
wed.

3.5 The above work is completed, start the motor.

3.6 When the pump is operating at normal speed, gradually open the outlet valve, run within the specified
range of flow and head.

3.7 In operation, the bearing temperature shall not exceed the limit 75 Degrees Celsius.

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit

3.8 The degree of packing chamber leakage per minute 20- 40 Preferably dropwise, to ensure proper cooling
and lubrication of the shaft with the filler.

3.9 When the pump down, close the valve outlet line, and then stop the motor.

3.10 In the course of operation, we found unusual noise, immediately stop checking reasons.
4 Pump start-up procedure and precautions

4.1 Diesel pump fire sprinkler

4.1.1 Instructions

Make sure the connection before the operation diesel pump, the pipe connection is co

rrect, check whether the coolant tank fill, check whether the lubricating oil in the nor

mal range and fuel is sufficient. Item clean installation or maintenance of the left wre

nch, hammer or the like, do not place anything on the body and the rotating member.

4.1.2 Ready to work:

4.1.2.1 The rotary switch from full stop position, where the corresponding indicator light, voltage dis
play voltmeter, voltage is normally

24 ~ 26V. If there is no abnormality, can be closed PLCPower circuit breakers, switc

hes the power indicator light, RUN the PLCIndicator light, if R

UN fingerLight does not, PLC failure, contact the supplier process. At this point can only use the eme

rgency start and stop buttons operate the equipment.

4.1.2.2 When the PLC RUNAfter the light is on, it means that the system can work.

4.1.3 start up:

4.1.3.1 Emergency start: When PLCWhen working properly, you can start the engine by way of an emergen
cy. Press and hold the green mushroom-shaped emergency start button,

Start the motor drive diesel engine start, when the engine starts release. If you hold an emergency

start button 10 seconds can not sta

rt up, the device difficult to start or not start, let go immediately, identify the cause and troubleshooting and then

start. Failed to start an emergency, operation instructions

Lights still on, press the emergency stop button must be reset in preparation for the next start. Em

ergency start button is pressed, PLCDue to los

s of power and stop working.

4.1.3.2 Emergency stop: When PLCWhen not working, you can use the emergency stop mode diesel engine.
Hold down the red mushroom-shaped emergency stop button,

Diesel will immediately shut down, the control system stops working. Emergency stop button does not

automatically reset need to rotate clockwise about Reset 15 degr

ees. After starting the start button can only be used with emergency stop button emergency stop. After manually

or automatically launch an emergency stop button can also be used to stop


22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
machine. To use the emergency start or emergency stop function, the mode switch must be in position manu
ally or automatically, not at the full-stop position.

4.1.3.3 Manually start: switch is in the manual mode, the spot position, manual, local indicator lig

hts. Press the green Start button 300 msA

bove, the system started. If the Can not

start within 12 seconds will automatically stop. Just start is triggered, the button can be relaxed. mold

Function failure when automatic start switch in the manual position.

4.1.3.4 Manually stop: Start at the non-emergency use of either manually stopped. Press the red st

op button 300 ms or more, the s

ystem directly down.

4.1.3.5 Automatic start-up procedure

22
2 × 350MWChemical unit

a) Switch to the automatic mode, a remote location, a ,The engine starts automaticall
utomatic, remote indicator lights y pipeline pressure.
b) After receiving the fire enable signal to the cont 300 Ms above), the system trie 3 Times.
rol room (activation signal required to maintain s to start each

Attempts interval 10 Or so seconds.

c) When restarted, the staff member can not be rotated in contact, in order to prevent safety problems.

d) Try interval be manually try to start the stop button to end. But if the start signal is not cancele
d, will still try to start again 3 Times.

e) If it fails to start, the yellow indicator light. The mode switch to a full stop pos

ition, the stop button is pressed more than three seconds or emergencyThe stop butto

n PLC After a reset in order to continue receiving the signal.

f) When the position of the manual mode switch is in the automatic start function disab

led. The manual stop button to start the automatic stop, can also be started manuall

yAutomatic shutdown button shutdown.

4.1.4 Alarm and Detection:

4.1.4.1 Parking speed alarm: When the engine speed exceeds the rated speed. 20%When, in the control

system 2 Seconds about a shutdown, and there is speed indicator light. Speeding cause will not acce

pt any start signal after the shutdown, only the mode switch to a full stop once the position PLC

After a reset in order to continue receiving the signal.

4.1.4.2 But not stop the alarm: when the coolant level is too low, too high coolant temperature, low oil
pressure when the lubricant produces an alarm, the corresponding

Indicator will light duty maintenance is required, but will not affect the operation of the system. u

se 220VACCharger detects when cha

rging the battery charger is working properly whether, if there is a failure, there will be a charger

failure alarm, and this alarm will be maintained until the PLC is reset.

4.1.4.3 Display Error Code: internal fault occurs when the diesel engine can be judged by

fault code lamp fault condition. When the malfunction indicator lampFlashing a fault, the f

ault code detecting click button, let go after the fault code flashing lamp according to s

everal different fault from a fault condition based on the number of blinking.

4.1.5 Data Display:

Control cabinet has the following data: battery voltage, battery charging current, s

peed and total running time, oil pressure, coolant temperature.

4.1.6 Automatic charging:

Control system 24V DC power supply, supplied by the battery, in automatic or manual mode ( PLCW

ork), the standby systemThe system automatically detects the battery voltages periodically every day,
22
2 × 350MWChemical unit
but turned on when the voltage is low to a certain value 220VAC charger for charging. Diesel en

gine running

, The generator will charge the secondary battery.


4.2 Fire sprinkler electric pump

4.2.1 Ready to work

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

The electric air pump control switch cabinet, circuit breakers are closed, the selec

tor switch is set to a full stop, the emergency stop button unscrewing. The system A,Two

power B, the corresponding indicator light when power is supplied.

4.2.2 Manual operation

The selector switch is set to manual, manual indicator lights. Press the button to start or stop, th
e electric pump is running or stopped, the corresponding indicator

bright.

4.2.3 Automatic operation

The selector switch is set to Auto, indicator light, according to the pipeline pressure, automatical
ly starts the electric pump.

4.2.4 When automatic operation can stop a manual stop button. As the pipe network pressu

re is still below the set pressure, the electric pump starts again automatically; asIt ca

n only really needs to stop emergency stop button or selector switch set to manual mode

in order to stop the pump.

4.2.5 When the selector switch is pressed to set a full stop or emergency stop button, you can not star
t the electric pump.

4.2.6 Voltage selection switch when the power indicator light, measure two phase power source voltage.
4.3 Fire sprinkler pump regulator

4.3.1 Ready to work

The electric air pump control switch cabinet, circuit breakers are closed, the selec

tor switch is set to a full stop, the emergency stop button unscrewing. The system A,Two

power B, the corresponding indicator light when power is supplied.

4.3.2 Manual operation

The selector switch is set to manual, manual indicator light, start or stop A Pump, press the

corresponding button, A start or stop the pump, which corresponds indi

cator light. BAnd pump operation A same pump operation. Not two pumps running

at the same time, otherwise it will cause air switch trip.

4.3.3 Automatic operation

4.3.3.1 The selector switch is set to A master B Equipment, automatic indicato

r light, set A Pump operation B backup pump. The set pressure pipe netw

ork automaticallyStart and stop. Such as A pump failure, B 3 seconds after

the pump starts automatically.

4.3.3.2 The selector switch is set to A master B Equipment, automatic indicato

r light, set B Pump operation A standby pump. The set pressure pipe net

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit
work automaticallyStart and stop. Such as B pump failure, A 3 seconds after

the pump starts automatically.

4.3.4 When the automatic operation can not be performed manually, can only press the eme

rgency stop button to stop the pump. If the reset emergency stop button, waterPump and au

tomatically put into operation.

4.3.5 When the selector switch is set to a full stop, you can not start the pump regulator.

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter IX pumps operating procedures


1 Checks before start

1.1 Around the rotating equipment shall be kept clean, there is not allowed to interfere with operatio
n of the debris;

1.2 After more than a week outage or motor repair, electrical test notice before starting the motor in
sulation;

1.3 Front motor, pump repairs or new installations put into operation, the power sent, t

he correct steering test, meter, pressure gauge complete and intact, the valveFlexible swi

tch, jigger light, there is a safety cover the back wheel, and adequate water;

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

1.4 Oil should be clean enough, the oil level in 2/3.

1.5 Pump inlet door is fully opened, the outlet in a closed state (the outlet side o

f the check valve device, exit door can be in ON state);


2 Start and stop pumps and motors

2.1 Pump start

2.1.1 After the preparatory work is complete, press the start button;

2.1.2 Note that the motor, no noise pump, slowly open the pump outlet door, (the outlet side of

the check valve device, may be in an open exit door shapeState), while paying attention to t

he pressure and the current within the specified.

2.2 Note the pump running

2.2.1 Check the pump and motor there is no abnormal noise, odor;

2.2.2 Vibration values of the pump motor does not exceed a predetermined value (motor speed 3

000r / min Vibration value is less than 0.05mm,Motor speed1500r / min Vibration val

ue is less than 0.085mm,Motor speed 1000r / min Vibration value is less than 0.1mm,Motor

speed 750r / min, vibrationAction value is less than 0.12mm);

2.2.3 Water pump bearing temperature should not exceed ministries 70℃. Motor temperature should not exc
eed 80 deg.] C;

2.2.4 Pump operation check the oil level, oil quality is normal;

2.2.5 Run the pump is switched every half;

2.2.6 Operation check the operation of the pump once per hour;

2.2.7 Stop the pump or in long-term 0 ℃The following pump places the disabled should be exhausted inte
rnal water.

2.3 The pump stops

2.3.1 A door closing the outlet (the outlet side of the check valve device, exit door can be in ON stat
e);

2.3.2 Press the stop button, the pump stops running.


3 Pumps, motor failure phenomenon, causes and treatment

Accidents cause of the accident phenomenon processing method


No water pump, Transport Exit door is not opened or open a sm
large pressure Pump excessive vibration or abnormal all degree, or exit door i
gauge noise s defective, defective clo
Power failure, gging outlet line
the correspond
ing pump motor MCC PC or blown fuse or trip the motor cor
responding segments
stops
23
2 × 350MWChemical unit
Large open exit door or stop the pump
to replace the exit door, eliminate
Air is suck
Clogging
ed into the defect

pump intake,
Report the value of long and notify m
or water sho aintenance personnel to identify the
original
rtage or deb
Due to be
ris, the bac
processed
k wheel is r
otated in co Into the water is increased, t

njunction wi he exhaust air pump restart. St

th an unbala op pump failures, eliminate def

nced pump fa ects, removing debris

ilure, beari
ng wear

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Loss, anchor bolts loose, pump cav


itation

Overload operation, low voltage, thr Off a small exit gate, to reduce
Motor over
load ee-phase power with a fuse or ground, the load, the pump stops notify

rotating part or packing friction t the maintenance personnel elimin

hrough Jam ate electrical, mechanical defec


Bearing o
verheatin tight ts
g
Adverse bearing short of oil or oily, Stop the pump to eliminate mecha
bearing wear or oil ring missing nical defects, fill oil or oil c
Motor furi hanges, insurance
trap
ous
The oil level certificate
Poor insulation (including electroma
gnetic switch) local circui Stop pump operation, identify th
t, phase running bad power e cause and treatment

supply

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Chapter X running about experimental methods


1 Measurement of Hardness (high hardness )

1.1 Measurement range: 0.1 ~ 5mmol / L hardness. Hardness exceeds 5mmol / L , The samp
le volume can be reduced, diluted into After measuring 100ml.

1.2 Determination:

1.2.1 Take 100ml Water samples, injection 250ml conical flask. If the sample turbidity, it should be filtered before
sampling.

Note: When the highly acidic or basic water samples, can be added 5%Sodium hydroxide solution or hydroc
hloric acid solution ( 1 + 4)After neutralization plus buffer solution.

1.2.2 Add 5ml ammonia - Chloride buffer solution was added 2 ~ 3 drops of Eriochrome Black T.

Note: higher carbonate hardness of water samples, diluted or preceded buffer solution was added to the d
esired EDTA The amount of the standard
solution ~ 80% 90%

(Note the volume of the titration), or a buffer solution was added, the calcium carbonate, the end of th
e extension.

1.2.3 In the continuous shaking with EDTAStandard solution titration, slow ti

tration should be close to the end, a solution consisting of wine red to blue

is the end.

1.2.4 Another 100mlⅡReagent grade water, according to 3.2, 3.3 Procedure measured blank value.

1.2.5 Compute

Water Hardness Sample X ( mmol / L) is calculated as follows:

( a b) T
X
V 1000

Wherein: a-- EDTA titration volume of the water sample standard solution consumption, ml

b - blank titration EDTA standard solution consumed volume o

f solution, ml T - EDTA titer of the standard solution of calcium

hardness, mmol / ml

V - water sample volume,


ml 2 measured hardness (lo
w hardness)

2.1 Measuring range: 1 ~ 100μ mol / L hardness. Used demineralized water, H-type cation exchanger w

ater, boiler feed water, condensed water samples was determined. When Fe ≥ 2mg / L, Al ≥ 2mg / L, copper

≥ 0.01mg / L, manganese ≥ 0.1mg / L of assay interference, available 2ml1% L- cysteamine hydrochloride s

olution prior to adding the indicator and 2ml solution of triethanolamine (1 + 4) to eliminate interference mas

king jointly.

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit
2.2 Determination:

2.2.1 take 100ml water sample, injection 250ml conical flask.

Note: very watery acidic or basic, may be 5%Sodium hydroxide solution or hydrochloric acid solution (1
+ 4) together with a buffer solution after neutralization.

2.2.2 plus 1ml borate buffer solution, adding 2 to 3 drops of 0.5% Acid Chrome Blue K indicator.

2.2.3 In the continuous shaking, with EDTAStandard solution was titrated slowly when approaching the
end of titration, a solution consisting of red

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit

Color to blue is the end. The wholeWithin 5minshould


process completed, 15 ℃. should not be below
be inthe temperature

2.2.4.Another 100mlⅡReagent grade water, according to3.2, 3.3 Procedure measured blank value.

Hardness of less than watery25μ mol / LShould be used5ml microburette.

2.2.5Compute

X (μ Sample
Water Hardness mol / L) is pressed

Calculated as follows: (a b) T
X 1000
V

Where: a--Titration of consumed water samples EDTAVolume of standard solution,ml

b - Blank titration solution consumed EDTAVolume

of standard solution, ml T - EDTAStand

ard solution of calcium hardness titer, mmol / ml

V - the volume of water sample, ml


3 Determination of dissolved oxygen (indigo carmine colorimetric glucose)

3.1 Measurement range: measurement range is Act 0 ~ 100μ g / l,

3.2 Determination of water samples

3.2.1 Sampling the tub and dissolved oxygen should be pre-clean bottles, and the dissolved oxygen in th
e bottle barrel sampling, the sampling tube (thick hose) into

DO bottom of the bottle, the water sample vial filled with oxygen, and less than the overflow 3min .

Watery flow of about 500 ~ 600ml / min, the temperature not exceeding 35℃, preferably lower t

han the ambient temperature can 1 ~ 3 ℃.

3.2.2 With a 250ml DO dedicated sampling bottle, then quickly added 1.0ml Indigo carmine glucose w
orking solution immediately plugged

Cork, underwater mixing, placing 1 ~ 2min, immediately under natural light or fluorescent lamps, a w
hite background is compared with a standard color scale. 4 Determination of silica (silicon-molybdenum
blue method)

4.1 Determination of water samples

Water samples 100ml Injecting a plastic cup, ammonium molybdate sulfuric acid soluti

on was added 3ml , Shake, wait 5min Added 10%Tartaric acid solution 2ml,Shake, After

1min added 1-2-4 Acid solution 2ml,Shake, wait Determination of the rear table 8min.
5 Determination of hydrazine (ii aminomethyl benzaldehyde method)

5.1 test methods

5.1.1 take 50ml of water injected into the sample cuvette.

5.1.2 Was added to the cuvette 5ml Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde to the sulfur


ic acid solution, mixing, placing After 3min, colorimetric.

23
2 × 350MWChemical unit
6 Determination of iron ( Phenanthroline spectrophotometer )

6.1 Determination range 5 ~ 200μ g / L. Measured under the conditions of PH4 ~ 5.

6.2 Water samples measured:

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit

6.2.1 After acidification take 50ml in 125ml water sample Conical flask, 1ml Of concen

trated hydrochloric acid, heated concentrated to a volume of less than 25ml , Xu was

cooled to 30 deg.] C, was added 1 ml Hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution, shake, is set for 5 minut

es, 5 ml Phenanthroline solution, after addition of a small shake Congo red in an Erlenmeyer flask,

aqueous ammonia was added dropwise to adjust the PH 3.8 to 4.1 (Paper just changed from blue to purpl

e), followed by addition of 5ml of acetic acid - Ammonium acetate buffer solution, after shaking i

nto After 50ml volumetric flask, silicon-free water to the mark, and then moves back to the Erlenmeyer flask, a

nd shake

Determination of the table.


7 Determination of alkalinity

7.1 Determine

7.1.1 The first method :

Measure 100ml Water was applied to the conical flask, 23 ~ Drops of phenolpht

halein indicator, if the red color, with 0.1mol / L (1/2H 2 SO4) sulfuric acidApprop

riate standard solution was titrated to a colorless, recording consumption a,Then further added me

thyl orange indicator from yellow to orange to titration, the record this

Consumption of b.

7.1.2 Phenolphthalein alkalinity (JD) phenol And full alkalinity (JD) all , Calculated as follows:

cH a 1000
JD ph
enol V

c ab 1000
H
JD all V

Wherein: (JD) phenol- phenolphtha

lein alkalinity, mmol / L (JD)

Full - Full alkalinity, mmol /

C H + -The hydrogen ion concentration of the standard solution of sulfuric acid, mol / L

a - a first end of the sulfuric aci

d consumption volume, ml

b - a second end sulfuric acid cons

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit
umption volume, ml

V - The volume of water sam


ples, ml Det
ermination of chloride 8 ( Silver nitr
ate volumetric method )

8.1 Determine

8.1.1 Measure 100ml In water samples 250ml Conical flask, if known PH nearly
7 About raw water samples do not have to be neutralized; if PH 8.3

Then adding 1%Phenolphthalein indicator 2 drops to 0.1mol / L Red sulfuric acid solution and

to just disappeared; if acidic water samples, the addition of a phenolphthalein indicator 2 Drops,

first with 0.1mol / L Sodium hydroxide was added dropwise to the red, then 0.1mol / L After t

he sulfuric acid solution dropwise to the red back just disappear, potassium chromate was added 1

ml indicator.

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit

a. While
Titration with standard silver nitrate solution to andemineralized water under
orange, recording neutral conditions as a blank test, the cons
consumption

b.

8.1.2Chloride content of the following formula:


(Ab) T1000 V
Cl

Where: a - consumption of water samples standard s

ilver nitrate solution volume, ml

b - blank titration volume consumed standard

silver nitrate solution, ml

T--Titer of the standard solution of silver nitrate chloride, mg / ml

V--The volume of the sample water

titration, ml

1000 - 1000ml / L
9 Determination of chlorine

9.1 Determine

9.1.1 Amount of sample in 25ml water 20ml Test tube, 0.25ml O-tolidine, shake and
let stand 5min after the standard color gamut.
10 Determination of phosphate (phosphorus molybdenum yellow colorimetric method)

10.1 Determine

10.1 50ml water samples Injecting a plastic cup, is added molybdenum vanadate color developing solution
5ml After mixing placement Measured after 3min.
11 PHAssay (glass electrode method)

11.1 Determine

11.1.1PH Positioning (two-point positioning method)

First take PH6.86 Standard buffer location, positioning a plastic cup and electrode rinse reagent

water More than 2 times. Then the bott

om electrode with a clean filter paper and gently blotted droplets (do not use filter paper to wipe the bottom ele

ctrode so as not to electrostatically cause erratic readings). The buffer was poured into plastic Location

The cup material, the electrodes are immersed, plastic cups slightly shaking a few secon

ds. Sample Temperature measurement (buffer consistent with the positioning requirements

temperature), the temperature detectedThe positioning of the buffer PHvalue. The ins

trument is positioned in the PHvalue.

11.1.2 After washing the electrode, the positioning of another buffer (if acidic water samples tested,
selected from PH4.00 buffer; if basic, selected from

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit
PH9.18 buffer) positioned above.

Re-operation 1 ~ 2 two times until the positioning operation stabilizes.

11.1.3 Determination of water samples

The plastic cup and the electrode was washed with the reagent, and then rinse water samples tested More
than 2 times. The electrode was then immersed in water samples, water samples measured

Temperature (positioning required buffer uniform temperature), for PHMeas


ured value, reading a note, detect the temperature of the water sample PH val
ue. 12Silt density index ( SDI)Measurement method

12.1 Determining step

24
2 × 350MWChemical unit

12.1.1 will SDI analyzer connected to the sampling point.

12.1.2 Open the valve on the analyzer, the system is thoroughly flushed several minutes.

12.1.3 Closing the tester valve, then blunt tweezers 0.45m The me

mbrane into the gripper, check and confirm " O "End CircleBased on the good will " O "Ring

placed accurately on a filter, and then cover the upper half of the filter jig, and tighten the wing

bolt.

12.1.4 The valve is slightly opened, in the case where water has been flowing slowly loosen 1 ~ 2 to ex
clude the thumb screw at the air filter.

12.1.5 It has been completely drained and held continuous flow basis in sure air retighten the wing bolt.

12.1.6 And fully open the valve to adjust the pressure regulator until the pressure is maintained at
30Psi (0.21MPa).

12.1.7 use 500ml volumetric flask to collect water samples, i.e. with a stopwatch record the time of c

ollection of water samples is required when just entering the water sample flask, denoted by T0(S).

12.1.8 In water samples have been flowing 15min


After again collect water samples with volumetric flask and record the time to
collect the water sample is used, referred to as T15

(S).

12.1.9 Compute

SDI (1 100
t0
t15 ) 15

24

You might also like